Brought to you by BirfMark Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
2
A INTRODUCTION
This manual consists of the following 11 sections:
No. Section Description
A
INDEX Index of the contents of this manual.
A
INTRODUCTION Brief explanation of each section.
B HOW TO USE THISMANUAL Instructions on how to use this manual.
C TROUBLE-SHOOTING Describes the basic inspection procedures for electrical circuits.
D ABBREVIATIONS Defines the abbreviations used in this manual.
EGLOSSARY OFTERMS ANDSYMBOLS
Defines the symbols and functions of major parts.
F RELAY LOCATIONS Shows position of the Electronic Control Unit, Relays, Relay Block, etc.This section is closely related to the system circuit.
G ELECTRICALWIRING ROUTING
Describes position of Parts Connectors, Splice points, Ground points, etc.This section is closely related to the system circuit.
H POWER SOURCE(Current Flow Chart)
Describes power distribution from the power supply to various electricalloads.
INDEX Index of the system circuits.
I
SYSTEM CIRCUITS
Electrical circuits of each system are shown from the power supply throughground points. Wiring connections and their positions are shown andclassified by code according to the connection method. (Refer to thesection, “How to use this manual”).The “System Outline” and “Service Hints” useful for troubleshooting are alsocontained in this section.
J GROUND POINTS Shows ground positions of all the parts decribed in this manual.
KOVERALLELECTRICALWIRING DIAGRAM
Provides circuit diagrams showing the circuit connections.
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
3
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL B
This manual provides information on the electrical circuits installed on vehicles bydividing them into a circuit for each system.
The actual wiring of each system circuit is shown from the point where the powersource is received from the battery as far as each ground point. (All circuit diagramsare shown with the switches in the OFF position.)
When troubleshooting any problem, first understand the operation of the circuit wherethe problem was detected (see System Circuit section), the power source supplyingpower to that circuit (see Power Source section), and the ground points (see GroundPoints section). See the System Outline to understand the circuit operation.
When the circuit operation is understood, begin troubleshooting of the problem circuitto isolate the cause. Use Relay Location and Electrical Wiring Routing sections to findeach part, junction block and wiring harness connectors, wiring harness and wiringharness connectors, splice points, and ground points of each system circuit. Internalwiring for each junction block is also provided for better understanding of connectionwithin a junction block.Wiring related to each system is indicated in each system circuit by arrows (from ,to ). When overall connections are required, see the Overall Electrical WiringDiagram at the end of this manual.
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to theactual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
4
B HOW TO USE THIS MANUALBrought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
5
B
: System Title
: Indicates a Relay Block. No shading is used and onlythe Relay Block No. is shown to distinguish it from theJ/B.
Example: Indicates Relay Block No. 1.
: Indicates the connector to be connected to a part (thenumeral indicates the pin No.)
Explanation of pin use.
The pins shown are only for the highest grade, or onlyinclude those in the specification.
: Connector Color
Connectors not indicated are milky white in color.
: ( ) is used to indicate different wiring and connector,etc. when the vehicle model, engine type, orspecification is different.
: Indicates related system.
: Indicates the wiring harness and wiring harnessconnector. The wiring harness with male terminal isshown with arrows ( ).
Outside numerals are pin numbers.
The first letter of the code for each wiring harness andwiring harness connector(s) indicates the component’slocation, e.g., “E” for the Engine Compartment, “I” for theInstrument Panel and Surrounding area, and “B” for theBody and Surrounding area.
When more than one code has the first and secondletters in common, followed by numbers (e.g., IH1, IH2),this indicates the same type of wiring harness andwiring harness connector.
: Represents a part (all parts are shown in sky blue). Thecode is the same as the code used in parts position.
: Junction Block (The number in the circle is the J/B No.and the connector code is shown beside it). JunctionBlocks are shaded to clearly separate them from otherparts (different junction blocks are shaded differently forfurther clarification).
3B indicatesthat it is insideJunction BlockNo. 3.
Example:
: Indicates the wiring color.
Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code.
B = Black L = Blue R = Red
BR = Brown LG = Light Green V = Violet
G = Green O = Orange W = White
GR = Gray P = Pink Y = Yellow
The first letter indicates the basic wire color and thesecond letter indicates the color of the stripe.
Example: L - Y
(Blue) (Yellow)
: Indicates a wiring Splice Point (Codes are “E” for theEngine Room, “I” for the Instrument Panel, and “B” forthe Body).
Example:
The Location of Splice Point I 5 is indicated by theshaded section.
: Page No.
: Indicates a shielded cable.
: Indicates a ground point.
The first letter of the code for each ground point(s)indicates the component’s location, e.g., “E” for theEngine Compartment, “I” for the Instrument Panel andSurrounding area, and “B” for the Body andSurrounding area.
: Indicates the pin number of the connector.
The numbering system is different for female and maleconnectors.
Example: Numbered in orderfrom upper left tolower right
Numbered in orderfrom upper right tolower left
: When 2 parts both use one connector in common, theparts connector name used in the wire routing sectionis shown in square brackets [ ].
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
6
B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER W NDOW MASTER SW, TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER W NDOW CONTROLRELAY AND TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW THROUGH THE DOOR FUSE.
1. DRIVER’S WINDOW “MANUAL UP” OPERATION BY MASTER SW
HOLDING MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION LOCATED N POWER W NDOW MASTER SW, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER W NDOWCONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 2 TO OPERATE A POWER W NDOW CONTROL RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE RELAYFLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL3 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR TURNS TO ASCENT THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR IS STOPPED AND THE W NDOWS CAN STOP AT WILLPOINT.
(FOR THE “MANUAL DOWN” OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOW ARE CHANGED).
2. DRIVER’S WINDOW “AUTO DOWN” OPERATION BY MASTER SW
ONCE THE “AUTO DOWN” BUTTON OF THE MASTER SW IS PUSHED, THE CURRENT FLOW TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL3 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINALS 8 AND 9 TO OPERATE THE RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT NSIDE THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER W NDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 3 TO GROUND.THE MOTOR CONTINUES THE ROTATION ENABLING TO DESCENT THE W NDOW.
THE W NDOW DESCENDS TO THE END POSITION. THE CURRENT WILL BE CUT OFF TO RELEASE THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION BASED ON THE INCREASING CURRENTBETWEEN TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY AND TERMINAL 1 N RELAY.
3. DRIVER’S WINDOW AUTO DOWN RELEASE OPERATION BY MASTER SW
HOLDING THE MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION N OPERAT NG AUTO DOWN. THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASS NG TERMINAL 2FLOWS TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY AND RELEASES THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION N THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. RELEASING THE HAND FROM SW, WINDOWSTOPS AND CONT NUING ON TOUCHING SW, THE FUNCTION SWITCHES TO MANUAL UP OPERATION.
4. PASSENGER’S WINDOW UP OPERATION (MASTER SW) AND WINDOW LOCK SW OPERATION
HOLDING PASSENGER’S WINDOW SW (MASTER SW) ON “UP”, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING TERMINAL 6 TO TERMINAL 3 OFTHE POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL 2 OF THE MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER W NDOW SW TERMINAL7 TERMINAL 1 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 4 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR RUNS TO ASCENT THE W NDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTORIS STOPPED AND WINDOW CAN STOP AT WILL PLACE.
SWITCHING THE W NDOW LOCK SW IN “LOCK” POSITION, THE CIRCUIT IS OPENED AND STOPPED THE MOTOR ROTATION.
(FOR THE DOWN OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE D RECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED).
P 2 POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY
3-GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
2-GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
5-GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE MASTER SW AT UP POSITION
8-GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE MASTER SW AT AUTO DOWN POSITION
9-GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE MASTER SW AT DOWN OR AUTO DOWN POSITION
P 4 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW
4-GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
3-GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
WINDOW LOCK SW
OPEN WITH THE WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
P 2 21 P 4 21 P 6 21
P 3 21 P 5 21
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCK (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 16 R/B NO. 1 ( NSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND W RE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3B 14 J/B NO. 3 AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT S DE)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ID1 26 FRONT DOOR RH W RE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IH1 26 FRONT DOOR LH W RE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINT LOCATION
IC 24 COWL LEFT
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE W RE HARNESS WITH SPLICE PO NTS
I 5 24 COWL WIRE
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
7
B
: Explains the system outline.
: Indicates values or explains the function for reference during troubleshooting.
: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of the parts in the system circuit.
Example: Part “P 4” (Power Window Master SW) is on page 21 of the manual.
* The letter in the code is from the first letter of the part, and the number indicates its orderin parts starting with the letter.
Part is 4th in orderPower Window Master SW
Example: P 4
: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of Relay Block Connectors in thesystem circuit.
Example: Connector “1” is described on page 16 of this manual and is installed on the left side of theinstrument panel.
: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of J/B and Wire Harness in the systemcircuit.
Example: Connector “3B”connects the Cowl Wire and J/B No. 3. It is described on page 14 of thismanual, and is installed on the instrument panel left side.
: Indicates the reference page describing the wiring harness and wiring harness connector (the femalewiring harness is shown first, followed by the male wiring harness).
Example: Connector “ID1”connects the front door RH wire (female) and cowl wire (male). It is describedon page 26 of this manual, and is installed on the right side kick panel.
: Indicates the reference page showing the position of the ground points on the vehicle.
Example: Ground point “IC” is described on page 24 of this manual and is installed on the cowl left side.
: Indicates the reference page showing the position of the splice points on the vehicle.
Example: Splice point “I 5” is on the Cowl Wire Harness and is described on page 24 of this manual.
HINT:
Junction connector (code: J1, J2, J3, J4, J5, J6, J7, J8,J9) in this manual include a short terminal which isconnected to a number of wire harnesses. Alwaysperform inspection with the short terminal installed.(When installing the wire harnesses, the harnessescan be connected to any position within the shortterminal grouping. Accordingly, in other vehicles, thesame position in the short terminal may be connectedto a wire harness from a different part.)Wire harness sharing the same short terminalgrouping have the same color.
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
H POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source (Fusible Link, CircuitBreaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts.The next page and following pages show the parts to which each electrical source outputs current.
POWER SOURCE
8
B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
The “Current Flow Chart” section, describes which parts each power source (fuses, fusible links, and circuit breakers)transmits current to. In the Power Source circuit diagram, the conditions when battery power is supplied to each system areexplained. Since all System Circuit diagrams start from the power source, the power source system must be fully understood.
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
J GROUND POINT
9
B
The ground points circuit diagram shows the connections from all major parts to the respective ground points. Whentroubleshooting a faulty ground point, checking the system circuits which use a common ground may help you identify theproblem ground quickly. The relationship between ground points ( , , and shown below) can also bechecked this way.
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
10
C TROUBLESHOOTING
VOLTAGE CHECK(a) Establish conditions in which voltage is present at the
check point.
Example:- Ignition SW on- Ignition SW and SW 1 on- Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (SW2 off)
(b) Using a voltmeter, connect the negative lead to a goodground point or negative battery terminal, and thepositive lead to the connector or component terminal.This check can be done with a test light instead of avoltmeter.
CONTINUITY AND RESISTANCE CHECK(a) Disconnect the battery terminal or wire so there is no
voltage between the check points.(b) Contact the two leads of an ohmmeter to each of the
check points.
If the circuit has diodes, reverse the two leads and checkagain.When contacting the negative lead to the diode positive sideand the positive lead to the negative side, there should becontinuity.When contacting the two leads in reverse, there should be nocontinuity.
(c) Use the volt/ohmmeter with high impedance (10 kΩ/Vminimum) for troubleshooting of the electrical circuit.
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
11
C
FINDING A SHORT CIRCUIT(a) Remove the blown fuse and disconnect all loads of the
fuse.(b) Connect a test light in place of the fuse.(c) Establish conditions in which the test light comes on.Example:
- Ignition SW on- Ignition SW and SW 1 on- Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (Connect the
Relay) and SW 2 off (or Disconnect SW 2)(d) Disconnect and reconnect the connectors while
watching the test light.The short lies between the connector where the testlight stays lit and the connector where the light goesout.
(e) Find the exact location of the short by lightly shakingthe problem wire along the body.
CAUTION:(a) Do not open the cover or the case of the ECU unless
absolutely necessary. (If the IC terminals aretouched, the IC may be destroyed by staticelectricity.)
(b) When replacing the internal mechanism (ECU part)of the digital meter, be careful that no part of yourbody or clothing comes in contact with theterminals of leads from the IC, etc. of thereplacement part (spare part).
DISCONNECTION OF MALE AND FEMALECONNECTORSTo pull apart the connectors, pull on the connector itself, not thewire harness.HINT: Check to see what kind of connector you are disconnectingbefore pulling apart.
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
12
C TROUBLESHOOTING
HOW TO REPLACE TERMINAL(with terminal retainer or secondary lockingdevice)1. PREPARE THE SPECIAL TOOL
HINT: To remove the terminal from the connector, pleaseconstruct and use the special tool or like object shownon the left.
2. DISCONNECT CONNECTOR
3. DISENGAGE THE SECONDARY LOCKING DEVICE ORTERMINAL RETAINER(a) Locking device must be disengaged before the
terminal locking clip can be released and the terminalremoved from the connector.
(b) Use a special tool or the terminal pick to unlock thesecondary locking device or terminal retainer.
NOTICE:Do not remove the terminal retainer from connectorbody.
For Non-Waterproof Type ConnectorHINT: The needle insertion position varies according
to the connector’s shape (number of terminalsetc.), so check the position before inserting it.
“Case 1”Raise the terminal retainer up to the temporarylock position.
“Case 2”Open the secondary locking device.
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
13
C
For Waterproof Type ConnectorHINT: Terminal retainer color is different
according to connector body.Example:Terminal Retainer: Connector BodyBlack or White : GrayBlack or White : Dark GrayGray or White : Black
“Case 1”Type where terminal retainer is pulled upto the temporary lock position (Pull Type).Insert the special tool into the terminalretainer access hole ( Mark) and pull theterminal retainer up to the temporary lockposition.
HINT: The needle insertion position variesaccording to the connector’s shape(number of terminals, etc.), so check theposition before inserting it.
“Case 2”Type which cannot be pulled as far asPower Lock insert the tool straight into theaccess hole of terminal retainer as shown.
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
14
C TROUBLESHOOTING
Push the terminal retainer down to the temporary lockposition.
(c) Release the locking lug from terminal and pull theterminal out from rear.
4. INSTALL TERMINAL TO CONNECTOR(a) Insert the terminal.HINT:1. Make sure the terminal is positioned correctly.2. Insert the terminal until the locking lug locks firmly.3. Insert the terminal with terminal retainer in the
temporary lock position.
(b) Push the secondary locking device or terminal retainerinto the full lock position.
5. CONNECT CONNECTOR
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
15
ABBREVIATIONS D
ABBREVIATIONSThe following abbreviations are used in this manual.ABS = Anti-Lock Brake SystemA/C = Air ConditioningA/T = Automatic TransmissionCD = Compact DiscCOMB. = CombinationDIFF. = DifferentialECU = Electronic Control UnitEGR = Exhaust Gas RecirculationESA = Electronic Spark AdvanceFL = Fusible LinkLH = Left-HandO/D = OverdriveR/B = Relay BlockRH = Right-HandSFI = Sequential Multiport Fuel InjectionSRS = Supplemental Restraint SystemSW = SwitchTEMP. = TemperatureVSV = Vacuum Switching ValveW/ = WithW/O = Without
* The titles given inside the components are the names of the terminals (terminal codes) and are nottreated as being abbreviations.
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
METER, ANALOGCurrent flow activates a magneticcoil which causes a needle tomove, thereby providing a relativedisplay against a backgroundcalibration.
LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE)Upon current flow, these diodesemit light without producing theheat of a comparable light.
IGNITION COILConvert low-voltage DC currentinto high-voltage ingition currentfor firing the spark plugs.
1. SINGLEFILAMENT
GROUNDThe point at which wiring attachesto the Body, thereby providing areturn path for an electrical circuit;without a ground, current cannotflow.
Current flow causes a headlightfilament to heat up and emit light.A headlight may have either asingle (1) filament or a double (2)filament.
BATTERYStores chemical energy andconverts it into electrical energy.Provides DC current for the auto’svarious electrical circuits.
CAPACITOR (Condenser)A small holding unit for temporarystorage of electrical voltage.
CIRCUIT BREAKERBasically a reusable fuse, a circuitbreaker will heat and open if toomuch current flows through it. Someunits automatically reset when cool,others must be manually reset.
DIODEA semiconductor which allowscurrent flow in only one direction.
DIODE, ZENERA diode which allows current flowin one direction but blocks reverseflow only up to a specific voltage.Above that potential, it passes theexcess voltage. This acts as asimple voltage regulator.
PHOTODIODEThe photodiode is a semiconductorwhich controls the current flowaccording to the amount of light.
FUSEA thin metal strip which burnsthrough when too much currentflows through it, thereby stoppingcurrent flow and protecting acircuit from damage.
FUSIBLE LINKA heavy-gauge wire placed inhigh amperage circuits whichburns through on overloads,thereby protecting the circuit.The numbers indicate the cross-section surface area of the wires.
HORNAn electric device which sounds aloud audible signal.
LIGHTCurrent flow through a filamentcauses the filament to heat upand emit light.
METER, DIGITALCurrent flow activates one ormany LED’s, LCD’s, or fluorescentdisplays, which provide a relativeor digital display.
MOTORA power unit which convertselectrical energy into mechanicalenergy, especially rotary motion.
CIGARETTE LIGHTERAn electric resistance heatingelement.
DISTRIBUTOR, IIAChannels high-voltage currentfrom the ignition coil to theindividual spark plugs.
2. DOUBLEFILAMENT
HEADLIGHTS
FUEL
(for High Current Fuse orFusible Link.)
(for Medium Current Fuse)
M
16
E GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLSBrought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
17
E
1. NORMALLYOPEN
Opens andcloses circuits,therebystopping (1) orallowing (2)current flow.
RESISTORAn electrical component with afixed resistance, placed in a circuitto reduce voltage to a specificvalue.
RESISTOR, TAPPEDA resistor which supplies two ormore different non adjustableresistance values.
SENSOR (Thermistor)A resistor which varies itsresistance with temperature.
SHORT PINUsed to provide an unbrokenconnection within a juction block.
SOLENOIDAn electromagnetic coil whichforms a magnetic field whencurrent flows, to move a plunger,etc.
SWITCH, DOUBLE THROWA switch which continuouslypasses current through one setof contacts or the other.
SWITCH,IGNITION
A key operated switch withseveral positions which allowsvarious circuits, particularly theprimary ignition circuit, tobecome operational.
Wires are alwaysdrawn as straight lineson wiring diagrams.Crossed wires (1)without a black dot atthe junction are notjoined; crossed wires(2) with a black dot oroctagonal ( ) mark atthe juction as spliced(joined) connections.
RELAY, DOUBLE THROWA relay which passes currentthrough one set of contacts or theother.
SENSOR, SPEEDUses magnetic impulses to openand close a switch to create asignal for activation of othercomponents.
TRANSISTORA solid state device typically usedas an electronic relay; stops orpasses current depending on thevoltage applied at “base.”
SWITCH, WIPER PARKAutomatically returns wipers tothe stop position when the wiperswitch is turned off.
SWITCH, MANUAL
SPEAKERAn electromechanical devicewhich creates sound waves fromcurrent flow.
2. NORMALLYCLOSED
RESISTOR, VARIABLE ORRHEOSTAT
A controllable resistor with avariable rate of resistance.Also called a potentiometer orrheostat.
2. NORMALLYOPEN
RELAY
1. NORMALLYCLOSED
Basically, an electricallyoperated switch which maybe normally closed (1) oropen (2).Current flow through asmall coil creates amagnetic field which eitheropens or closes anattached switch.
(2) SPLICED
WIRES(1) NOT
CONNECTED
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
18
F RELAY LOCATIONS
[Engine Compartment]
2 : R/B No. 2 Front Side of Left Fender
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
19
F
[Instrument Panel]
[Body]
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
20
F RELAY LOCATIONS
1 : R/B No. 1 Left Kick Panel (See Page 19)
Fuse Block Instrument Panel Left (See Page 19)
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
21
MEMOBrought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
22
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Engine Compartment
A 1 A/C Magnetic Clutch F 1 Front Turn Signal Light LHA 2 A/C Dual Pressure SW F 2 Front Turn Signal Light RHA 3 A/T Fluid Temp. Sensor F 3 Front Wiper MotorA 4 ABS Actuator F 4 Fuel Pump RelayA 5 ABS Actuator F 5 Fuel Pump ResistorA 6 ABS Relay F 6 Fusible Link (AM1)A 7 ABS Relay F 7 Fusible Link (AM2)A 8 Auto Antenna Motor F 8 Fusible Link (Main)
B 1 Brake Fluid Level Warning SW G 1 GeneratorG 2 Generator
C 1 Center Diff. Lock Control MotorC 2 Center Diff. Lock Indicator SW H 1 Headlight Hi LHC 3 Crankshaft Position Sensor H 2 Headlight Hi RHC 4 Cruise Control Actuator H 3 Headlight Lo LH
H 4 Headlight Lo RHD 1 Data Link Connector 1 H 5 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 1)D 2 Distributor H 6 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 2)
H 7 Horn LHE 1 EGR Gas Temp. Sensor H 8 Horn RHE 2 Electronically Controlled Transmission SolenoidE 3 Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
23
G
Position of Parts in Engine Compartment
I 1 Idle Air Control Valve P 1 Park/Neutral Position SWI 2 Igniter P 2 Parking Light LHI 3 Ignition Coil P 3 Parking Light RHI 4 Injector No. 1I 5 Injector No. 2 S 1 StarterI 6 Injector No. 3 S 2 StarterI 7 Injector No. 4I 8 Injector No. 5 T 1 Throttle Position SensorI 9 Injector No. 6 T 2 Transfer L4 Position SW
T 3 Transfer Neutral Position SWK 1 Knock Sensor 1K 2 Knock Sensor 2 V 1 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Combination Meter)
V 2 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Electronically ControlledM 1 Mass Air Flow Transmission)
V 3 VSV (EGR)N 1 Noise Filter (Ignition System) V 4 VSV (Fuel Pressure Control)N 2 Noise Filter (Oil Pressure Sender)
W 1 Washer Change ValveO 1 Oil Level Warning SW W 2 Washer MotorO 2 Oil Pressure Sender W 3 Water Temp. SenderO 3 Oil Pressure Sender W 4 Water Temp. SW (A/C)
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
24
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Instrument Panel
A 9 A/C Amplifier C 11 Combination MeterA 10 A/C System Amplifier C 12 Combination MeterA 11 A/C Thermistor C 13 Combination MeterA 12 ABS ECU C 14 Combination SWA 13 ABS ECU C 15 Combination SWA 14 Air Inlet Control Servo Motor C 16 Cooling Fan (Radio and Player)A 15 Air Mix Control Servo Motor C 17 Cruise Control ECUA 16 Air Vent Mode Control Servo MotorA 17 Airbag Sensor Assembly D 3 Data Link Connector 3A 18 Airbag Squib (Front Passenger’s Airbag Assembly) D 4 Diff. Lock Control SWA 19 Airbag Squip (Steering Wheel Pad) D 5 Diff. Lock ECUA 20 Ashtray Illumination D 6 Diode (Front Washer)A 21 Auto Antenna Control SW D 7 Diode (Headlight)
D 8 Diode (Interior Light)B 2 Blower Motor (A/C) D 9 Diode (Interior Light)B 3 Blower Motor (Heater) D 10 Diode (Interior Light)B 4 Blower Resistor D 11 Diode (Rear Washer)B 5 Blower Speed Control Relay D 28 Diode (Neutral Detection)
C 5 Center Diff. Lock Control Relay E 4 Engine Control ModuleC 6 Cigarette Lighter E 5 Engine Control ModuleC 7 Cigarette Lighter Illumination E 6 Engine Control ModuleC 8 Circuit Opening Relay E 7 Engine Control ModuleC 9 Clock E 8 Engine Control Temp. Cut RelayC 10 Combination Meter
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
25
G
Position of Parts in Instrument Panel
F 9 Front Speaker LH L 1 Light Retainer RelayF 10 Front Speaker RHF 11 Fuse Block R 1 Radio and Player
R 2 Radio and PlayerG 3 Glove Box Light R 3 Radio and PlayerG 4 Glove Box Light SW R 4 Rear Heater SW
R 5 Rear Window Defogger SWH 9 Hazard SW R 6 Remote Control Mirror SWH 10 Heater Control SW and A/C SW R 7 RheostatH 11 Heater Control SW and A/C SW
S 3 Seat Belt Warning RelayI 10 Ignition Key Cylinder Light S 4 Short Connector (SRS)I 11 Ignition Key Cylinder Light Relay S 5 Short Connector (SRS)I 12 Ignition SW, Unlock Warning SW and Key Interlock S 6 Short Connector (SRS)
Solenoid S 7 Short Connector (SRS)S 8 Short Connector (A/C)
J 1 Junction Connector S 9 Short Connector (A/C)J 2 Junction Connector S 10 Short Pin (Center Diff. Lock)J 3 Junction Connector S 11 Stereo Component AmplifierJ 4 Junction Connector S 12 Stereo Component AmplifierJ 5 Junction Connector S 13 Stop Light SWJ 6 Junction ConnectorJ 7 Junction ConnectorJ 8 Junction ConnectorJ 9 Junction Connector
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
26
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Body
A 22 ABS Deceleration Sensor D 24 Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SWA 23 ABS Speed Sensor Front LH Front LHA 24 ABS Speed Sensor Front RH D 25 Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SWA 25 ABS Speed Sensor Rear LH Front RHA 26 ABS Speed Sensor Rear RH D 26 Door Lock Motor Rear LH
D 27 Door Lock Motor Rear RHB 6 Back Door Courtesy SWB 7 Back Door Lock Motor E 9 Electronically Controlled Transmission Pattern
Select SWD 12 Door Courtesy Light Front LHD 13 Door Courtesy Light Front RH F 12 Front Diff. Lock Control MotorD 14 Door Courtesy Light Rear LH F 13 Front Diff. Lock Position SWD 15 Door Courtesy Light Rear RH F 14 Front Door Speaker LHD 16 Door Courtesy SW Front LH F 15 Front Door Speaker RHD 17 Door Courtesy SW Front RH F 16 Front Interior Light (w/ Moon Roof)D 18 Door Courtesy SW Rear LH F 17 Front Interior Light (w/o Moon Roof)D 19 Door Courtesy SW Rear RH F 18 Fuel Sender and PumpD 20 Door Key Lock and Unlock SW LHD 21 Door Key Lock and Unlock SW RH H 12 High Mounted Stop LightD 22 Door Lock Control RelayD 23 Door Lock Control SW RH L 2 License Plate Light
M 2 Moon Roof Control RelayM 3 Moon Roof Control SW and Personal LightM 4 Moon Roof Limit SW and Motor
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
27
G
Position of Parts in Body
O 4 O/D Main SW R 17 Rear Window Defogger (+)R 18 Rear Window Defogger (-)
P 4 Parking Brake SW R 19 Rear Wiper MotorP 6 Power Window Master SW R 20 Rear Wiper RelayP 7 Power Window Motor Front LH R 21 Remote Control Mirror LHP 8 Power Window Motor Front RH R 22 Remote Control Mirror RHP 9 Power Window Motor Rear LH R 23 Roof Speaker LHP 10 Power Window Motor Rear RH R 24 Roof Speaker RHP 11 Power Window SW Front RHP 12 Power WIndow SW Rear LH S 14 Shift Lock ECUP 13 Power Window SW Rear RH
T 4 Trailer Socket (Tail and Stop Light)R 8 Rear Combination Light LH T 5 Trailer Socket (Turn Signal Light)R 9 Rear Combination Light RH T 6 Trailer Socket (Turn Signal Light)R 10 Rear Diff. Lock Control MotorR 11 Rear Diff. Lock Position SW V 6 Vanity Light LHR 12 Rear Door Speaker LH V 7 Vanity Light RHR 13 Rear Door Speaker RHR 14 Rear Heater W 5 Woofer (Speaker)R 15 Rear Heater Relay W 6 Woofer AmplifierR 16 Rear Interior Light
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
28
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Seat
B 8 Buckle SW LH P 19 Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Reclining Control)P 20 Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Slide Control)
P 14 Power Seat Control SW (Driver’s Seat) P 21 Power Seat Motor (Passenger’s Seat Front VerticalP 15 Power Seat Control SW (Passenger’s Seat) Control)P 16 Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Front Vertical P 22 Power Seat Motor (Passenger’s Seat Rear Vertical
Control) Control)P 17 Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Lumbar Support P 23 Power Seat Motor (Passenger’s Seat Reclining
Control) Control)P 18 Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Rear Vertical P 24 Power Seat Motor (Passenger’s Seat Slide Control)
Control)
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
29
MEMOBrought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
30
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness: Location of Ground Points
: Location of Splice Points
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
31
G
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1
EA2 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
EA3
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
EA4 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (RIGHT FENDER)
EB1 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR THE DISTRIBUTOR)
EC1ENGINE WIRE AND TRANSMISSION WIRE (NEAR THE STARTER)
EC2ENGINE WIRE AND TRANSMISSION WIRE (NEAR THE STARTER)
EY1 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE AIR CLEANER)
EZ1 ENGINE WIRE AND VSV SUB WIRE (NEAR THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR)
Ea1 TRANSMISSION WIRE AND SPEED SENSOR WIRE (NEAR THE TRANSMISSION)
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
32
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness: Location of Ground Points
: Location of Splice Points
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
33
G
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ID1
ID2 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KIC NEL)
ID3
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE1 ROOF WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF1 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
IG1COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
IG2COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
IH1ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
IH2ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
II1COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO 2 WIRE (RIGHT KI NEL)
II2COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
34
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Ground Points
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
35
G
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
BJ1FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
BJ2FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
BK1 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BL1 ROOF WIRE AND ROOF NO. 3 WIRE (ROOF LEFT)
BM1 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE)
BN1REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO 1 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)
BN2REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)
BO1 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE (BESIDE THE FUEL TANK)
BP1REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)
BP2REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)
BQ1FLOOR NO 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
BQ2FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
BR1LUGGAGE ROOM NO 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
BR2LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
BS1BACK DOOR NO 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO 1 WIRE (LEFT REAR SIDE OF ROOF)
BS2BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT REAR SIDE OF ROOF)
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
36
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Splice Points
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
37
G
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
BT1BACK DOOR NO 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)
BT2BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)
BU1 REAR WINDOW NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)
BV1 LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE (UNDER THE LOWER BACK PANEL)
BW1 ROOF NO. 2 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
BX1 REAR WINDOW NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR RIGHT)
Bb1 COWL WIRE AND FRAME WIRE (RIGHT FENDER)
Bd1 COWL WIRE AND SPEED SENSOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
Be1 SPEED SENSOR NO. 2 WIRE AND SPEED SENSOR NO. 1 WIRE (FRONT AXLE HOUSING LH)
Bf1 FRAME NO. 2 WIRE AND SPEED SENSOR NO. 3 WIRE (REAR AXLE HOUSING LH)
Bg1 FRAME NO. 2 WIRE AND SPEED SENSOR NO. 4 WIRE (REAR AXLE HOUSING RH)
Bh1FLOOR NO 3 WIRE AND FRAME NO 2 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
Bh2FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FRAME NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
38
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Splice Points
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
39
G
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
Bc1 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)
Bi1 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE PASSENGER’S SEAT)
Bj1 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 2 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
40
H POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source (Fusible Link,Circuit Breaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts.The next page and following pages show the parts to which each electrical source outputs current.
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the relatedsystem is shown.The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, notnecessarily on the page indicated here.
[LOCATION] : R/B No. 2 (See page 18) : Fuse Block (F11 See page 20)
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
41
H
: R/B No. 1 (See page 20) : Fusible Link (F6, F7, F8 See page 22)
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
42
H POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
[LOCATION] : R/B No. 2 (See page 18) : Fuse Block (F11 See page 20) : R/B No. 1 (See page 20)
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
43
HBrought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
44
H POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
[LOCATION] : R/B No. 2 (See page 18) : Fuse Block (F11 See page 20) : R/B No. 1 (See page 20)
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
45
HBrought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
46
H POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
[LOCATION] : R/B No. 2 (See page 18) : Fuse Block (F11 See page 20) : R/B No. 1 (See page 20)
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
47
HBrought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
48
H POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
[LOCATION] : R/B No. 2 (See page 18) : Fuse Block (F11 See page 20) : R/B No. 1 (See page 20)
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
49
HBrought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
50
MEMOBrought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
52
POWER SOURCE
2 2
2 2 2
2 2
1
2
2
2
2 2
1
2
2
22
E A33EA23
EA 26
I 1
E 6
E 7
I 1
I 4I 4I 4
23
4 11
A B C
2
B−
L
WW
W
BB
B−
Y
B−
Y
B −Y W W W BLG
W−
G
G−
O
L−
O
B−
L
L−
B
L−
W
G−
W
B−
WYL
GR
L−
Y
G−
O
B−
R
W
W
B
WW
W
B
W
R− W
R− L
R −Y
B−Y
L− R
B −Y
R− Y
R−
W
FUSIB LE L IN K
15A EFI
15A HE AD (LH)
15A HEA D (R H)
FL
AM
1 1
. 2
5B
FL
AM
2 0
. 3
P
FL
MA
IN 2
. 0
L
1 1 15
0A
AM
1
1 0ADO M E
15AHAZ−HO R N
H EADR ELAY
FUS E BLOC K
30
A F
L P
OW
ER
15
A O
BD
40
A F
L H
EA
TE
R
10
A S
TO
P
20
A D
EF
OG
7.
5A
IGN
30
A D
FF
20
A R
EA
R−
HT
R
7.
5A
TU
RN
15
A E
CU
−IG
10
A G
AU
GE
20
A W
IPE
R
15
A C
IG
BA TTER Y
F11
2 3
2 3 2
2 4
2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 4
4
1
1
1 3
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3
1
1
2
3
2
2
E 9
W
W
2
2
1
60
A A
BS
B−
W
W
W−
R
W−
R
1
2
I 4
WB
−R
W
10
A E
CU
−B
WW
−R
1
6
G 2
G EN ER ATO R
W
I 4W
15
A T
AIL
Y−
L
2
R
B
IG NITIO N SW
I12
1
1 3
2
R−
B
TAILR ELAY
B−Y 1
AM
2
AM
1
AC
C
IG1
IG2
ST
1
F 6 F 7 F 8A B C
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
53
HEAD RELAY(2) 1- (2) 2 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR THE DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION
(WHEN THE LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE)I12 IGNITION SW
4-3 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION4-2 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION11-6 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION
TAIL RELAY(1) 2- (1) 3 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
(WHEN THE LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
F 6 A 22 F 8 C 22 G 2 22
F 7 B 22 F11 25 I12 25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2 18 R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA230 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
EA330 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 6 I 132 COWL WIRE
E 7 30 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE I 432 COWL WIRE
E 9
(S EE PA G E 20)
F11 I12F 6 F 8A C BLA CK
1
F 7 B
1
G 2G RA Y
2
X 6 11
3 41
SERVICE HINTS
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
54
STARTING AND IGNITION
IG N ITIO N CO IL
I 3
1 6
1
EA23 EA26
IH121
2
2
2
2
P
N
6
5
I13
E19
M
B
AB
A
1
B− W
B
W − R
B−R
BW
W−
R
B−
L
B−
R
B−
WB
−W
B− W
TO
EN
GIN
E C
ON
TR
OL
MO
DU
LE
IG N ITIO N SW
1 1
FL
AM
1 1
. 2
5B
FL
AM
2 0
. 3
P
STAR TER
B ATTERY
FUSIBLE LIN K
PA
RK
/NE
UT
RA
LP
OS
ITIO
N S
W
50AAM 1
I12P
1
S 1 S
2
F 6 F
7
AB
B
4 1 2 1 2 4
IH214 IH 213
B− R
G −G 1NEG TG F
B−
G
B−
Y
W R L
B−
G
B−
Y
B
IG
D 2
I 2
B
1
4
2
3
1
W−
B( S
HIE
LD
ED
)
EA2
8
B
B−
W
G
3
A17 A23 B12 B11 B6 B10
G 2
BE 4 , E 6A
ENG IN E C ONTR OL M O DULE
EC
EA21
B− R
B−
R
B−
R
B−
R
B−
R
EC
IH14
W−
BW
−B
O IS E FILTERN ITIO N
YS TEM )
1
IH 115
A
A
J 9
JU NCTIO NCO NNEC TO R
TO
CR
UIS
E C
ON
TR
OL
EC
U
B− W
TO
EN
GIN
E C
ON
TR
OL
MO
DU
LE
−W
53
EX IGF IG T NE G 1 G −
B C
D IS TR IBUTO R
N ITER
G2
2
1
N(IG S
N
I 6
A
1 2
A M 1
A M 2
A CC
IG 2
IG 1
ST1
4
1
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
55
I12 IGNITION SW4-1 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION11-6 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION
S 1 (B), S 2 (A) STARTERPOINTS CLOSED WITH THE PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW AT P OR N POSITION AND THE IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION
P 1 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW6-5 : CLOSED WITH THE A/T SHIFT LEVER IN P OR N POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
D 2 22 I 2 23 P 1 23
E 4 A 24 I 3 23 S 1 B 23
E 6 B 24 I12 25 S 2 A 23
F 6 A 22 J 9 25
F 7 B 22 N 1 23
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2 18 R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA2 30 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
IH132 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
1H232 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EC 30 AIR INTAKE CHAMBER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E19 30 ENGINE WIRE I13 32 COWL WIRE
I 6 32 COWL WIRE
D ARK G R AY
1
BLAC K E 4 A F 7 BF 6 A
G RA Y G R AY
B LA CKD AR K G RAY BLA CK
P 1N 1
I12I 3I 2
D 2 G R AY
1 2 3 4
17 X 23
1
1 2 3 4 5
1 21
X 6 11
4 A A A A
A A A A A A A
J 9
1 2
E 6 B D AR K G RAY
XX 6
X 10 11 12
(HINT : S EE PAG E 7)
X5 6
1
S 1 B S 2 A BLACK
1
SERVICE HINTS
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
56
CHARGING
G EN ER ATO R
G 1 G 2A B
2
2
2
2
2
A
I 4
A
B
EA 14
W
B
B− L
Y−
L
W B−
LW
B−
L
FR O M P O W E R SO UR CE S Y STE M (S EE PA G E 52)
C HA R G E W A RN INGLIG H T[C O M B. M ETE R ]
FU SIB LE LIN K
B A TTER Y
FU S E BLO C K50 AAM 1
7. 5ACH A RG E
1
13
7B
−L
FL
MA
IN 2
. 0
L
FL
AM
1 1
. 2
5B
F 6 F 8A C
C 11
, C 1 3B A
F11
1 2
2
2
1
1
7.
5A
IG
N
3
4
A2 A1 A3 B1
B−
L
Y−
L
B W
EA 15
C1
2
Y− L
Y−
L
IG
IC RE G ULATO R
L S B
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
57
G 1 (A), G 2 (B) GENERATOR(B) 1-GROUND : 13.9-15.1 VOLTS WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 25C (77F)
13.5-14.3 VOLTS WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 115C (239F)(A) 3-GROUND : 0-4 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ENGINE NOT RUNNING
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C11 B 24 F 8 C 22 G 2 B 22
C13 A 24 F11 25
F 6 A 22 G 1 A 22
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2 18 R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1 30 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 4 32 COWL WIRE
1
F 6 A 8F CC11 B C13 A
G 1 A
BLU E
(SEE PAG E 20)
F11
1
G 2 BG RA Y
X7X
1 2 3
X 13
SERVICE HINTS
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
58
ENGINE CONTROL
THE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM UTILIZES A MICROCOMPUTER AND MAINTAINS OVERALL CONTROL OF THE ENGINE, ETC. ANOUTLINE OF THE ENGINE CONTROL IS GIVEN HERE.
1. INPUT SIGNALS
(1) ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SIGNAL CIRCUIT
THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR DETECTS THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. AND HAS A BUILT-IN THERMISTOR WITH ARESISTANCE WHICH VARIES ACCORDING TO THE WATER TEMP. IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL THW OF THE ENGINE CONTROLMODULE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
(2) INTAKE AIR TEMP. SIGNAL CIRCUIT
THE INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR IS INSTALLED IN THE MASS AIR FLOW AND DETECTS THE INTAKE AIR TEMP. WHICH IS INPUTAS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE.
(3) OXYGEN DENSITY SIGNAL CIRCUIT
THE OXYGEN DENSITY IN THE EXHAUST EMISSION IS DETECTED AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL FROM THE HEATEDOXYGEN SENSOR (BANK 1 SENSOR 1, BANK 1 SENSOR 2) TO TERMINALS OX1 , OX2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE.
TO STABILIZE DETECTION PERFORMANCE BY THE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR IS WARMED.
(4) RPM SIGNAL CIRCUIT
CRANKSHAFT POSITION IS DETECTED BY THE CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR AND THE PICK-UP COIL INSTALLED INSIDETHE DISTRIBUTOR. CRANKSHAFT POSITION IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL NE2+ OF THE ENGINE CONTROLMODULE, AND ENGINE SPEED IS INPUT TO TERMINAL NE.
(5) THROTTLE POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT
THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR DETECTS THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL WHICH IS INPUTINTO TERMINAL VTA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE. WHEN THE VALVE IS COMPLETELY CLOSED, THE ENGINE IDLINGSIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL IDL.
(6) VEHICLE SPEED CIRCUIT
THE VEHICLE SPEED IS DETECTED BY VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR INSTALLED IN THE TRANSMISSION, AND THE SIGNAL ISINPUT TO TERMINAL SPD OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE VIA THE COMBINATION METER.
(7) NEUTRAL POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT
THE PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW DETECTS WHETHER THE SHIFT POSITION IS IN “N” AND “P” OR NOT, AND THE SIGNAL ISINPUT INTO TERMINAL STA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE.
(8) A/C SW SIGNAL CIRCUIT
THE OPERATING VOLTAGE OF THE A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS DETECTED, AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL A/C OFTHE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
(9) BATTERY SIGNAL CIRCUIT
VOLTAGE IS CONSTANTLY APPLIED TO TERMINAL BATT OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE. WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNEDON, THE VOLTAGE FOR ENGINE CONTROL MODULE START-UP POWER SUPPLY IS APPLIED TO TERMINAL +B OF THE ENGINECONTROL MODULE VIA THW EFI MAIN RELAY.
THE CURRENT FLOW THROUGH THE IGN FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL IGSW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE .
(10) INTAKE AIR VOLUME SIGNAL CIRCUIT
INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS DETECTED BY THE MASS AIR FLOW, AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL VG OF THE ENGINECONTROL MODULE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
(11) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL CIRCUIT
THE STOP LIGHT SW IS USED TO DETECT WHETHER THE VEHICLE IS BRAKING OR NOT, AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTOTERMINAL STP OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
(12) STARTER SIGNAL CIRCUIT
TO CONFIRM WHETHER THE ENGINE IS CRANKING, THE VOLTAGE IS APPLIED TO THE STARTER MOTOR DURING CRANKING ISDETECTED AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL NSW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
(13) ENGINE KNOCK SIGNAL CIRCUIT
ENGINE KNOCKING IS DETECTED BY THE KNOCK SENSOR 1 AND 2, AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINALS KNK1 ANDKNK2 AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
SYSTEM OUTLINE
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
59
2. CONTROL SYSTEM
* SFI SYSTEM
THE SFI SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITION THROUGH THE SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALSFROM (1) TO (13) ETC.) TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE. THE BEST FUEL INJECTION TIMING IS DECIDED BASED ON THISDATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED BY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, AND THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS OUTPUT TOTERMINALS #10, #20, #30, #40, #50 AND #60 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE TO OPERATE THE INJECTOR. (INJECT THE FUEL).THE SFI SYSTEM PRODUCES CONTROL OF FUEL INJECTION OPERATION BY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE IN RESPONSE TOTHE DRIVING CONDITIONS.
* ESA SYSTEM
THE ESA SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITION THROUGH THE SIGNALS INPUT TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULEFROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (2), (4) TO (13) ETC.). THE BEST IGNITION TIMING IS DECIDED ACCORDING TOTHIS DATA AND THE MEMORIZED DATA IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, AND THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS OUTPUT TOTERMINAL IGT THIS SIGNAL, WHICH CONTROLS THE IGNITER TO PROVIDE THE BEST IGNITION TIMING FOR THE DRIVINGCONDITIONS.
* HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM
THE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM TURNS THE HEATER ON WHEN THE INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS LOW(TEMP. OF EXHAUST EMISSIONS IS LOW), AND WARMS UP THE OXYGEN SENSOR TO IMPROVE DETECTION PERFORMANCE OFTHE SENSOR. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (2),(4), (9) TO (11) ETC.), AND OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINALS HT AND HT2 TO CONTROL THE HEATER.
* IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM
THE IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM (STEP MOTOR TYPE) INCREASES THE ENGINE SPEED AND PROVIDES IDLING STABILITY FORFAST IDLE-UP WHEN THE ENGINE IS COLD AND WHEN THE IDLE SPEED HAS DROPPED DUE TO ELECTRICAL LOAD AND SO ON.THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (4), (5), (8), (9), (11)ETC.) AND OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINAL ISC1, ISC2, ISC3 AND ISC4 TO CONTROL THE IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE.
* EGR CUT CONTROL SYSTEM
THE EGR CUT CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROLS THE VSV (EGR) BY EVALUATING THE SIGNAL FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUTSIGNALS FROM (1), (5), (9)), AND OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINAL EGR OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE.
* FUEL PUMP CONTROL SYSTEM
THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE OOPERATION OUTPUTS TO TERMINAL FPR AND CONTROLS THE FUEL PUMP RELAY AND THUSCONTROLS THE FUEL PUMP DRIVE SPEED IN RESPONSE TO CONDITIONS.
* FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL SYSTEM
THE FUEL PRESSURE UP SYSTEM CAUSES THE VSV (FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL) TO COME ON FOR HIGH TEMP. STARTS ANDIMMEDIATELY AFTER STARTING IN ORDER TO INCREASE THE FUEL PRESSURE, IMPROVE STARTABILITY AT HIGHTEMPERATURES AND PROVIDE STABLE IDLING. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACHSENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (2), (5), (11)), OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINAL FPU AND CONTROLS THE VSV.
3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEMWITH THE DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM, WHEN THERE IS A MALFUNCTION IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE SIGNAL SYSTEM, THEMALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM IS RECORDED IN THE MEMORY. THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM CAN BE FOUND BY READING THECODE DISPLAYED BY THE MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP.
4. FAIL -SAFE SYSTEMWHEN THE MALFUNCTION HAS OCCURRED IN ANY SYSTEM, IF THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF ENGINE TROUBLE BEING CAUSED BYCONTINUED CONTROL BASED ON THE SIGNALS FROM THAT SYSTEM, THE FAIL-SAFE SYSTEM EITHER CONTROLS THE SYSTEMBY USING DATA (STANDARD VALUES) RECORDED IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE MEMORY OR ELSE STOPS THE ENGINE.
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
60
ENGINE CONTROL
222
INJ
EC
TO
R N
O.
1
I 4
1 1 1 1
2
1
2
1
2
2
2 2
2
2
2 2
2
I 6
EA26 EA23 IH114
2
EB
A1 B1
1
4
2 3 2
2
3
2
1 1 1
3 2
1 4
B− W
B − R
R − Y
G − O
Y
B− L
R
Y− L
W − G
B
W−
R
B
W−
R
WB
−L
W−
L
W−
R
W−
G
Y
Y−
R
Y−
L
Y−
R
BR
R−
Y
R−
Y
B−
R
R
B−
R
B−
R
B−
R
B−
R
B−
R
B−
R
B−
L
Y
R
G − O
FU
SIB
LE
LIN
K
EF I M AINRELAY
15AEF
50AAM 1
INJ
EC
TO
R N
O.
3
.4
INJ
EC
TO
R N
O.
5
INJ
EC
TO
R N
O. 6
BATTE RY
SEO C K
FL
AM
1 1
. 2
5B
FL
AM
2 0
. 3
P
FR O M PO W ER SO U RCESYS TE M (SE E PA G E 52)
FR O M P OW ERS O UR C E SYS TE M(SEE P AG E 52)
F 6
F
7
I 5 I 6 7
I 8
I 9
B
E B11
E20
Y − R
W − L
W − R
Y
Y − R
Y−
R
Y− R
B− L
E21
E16
B − L
B− R
B −R
B − R B− R
Y − R
EA27
1 6
IG N ITIO N SW
1
B−
R
7.
5A
IG
N
10
A G
AU
GE
10
A S
TO
P
FUBL
F11
1
I
1
4
I1 2
INJ
EC
TO
R N
O.
2
INJ
EC
TO
R N
O.
I
AM 2
AM 1
AC C
IG 1
ST1
IG 2A
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
61
I 6
E16
E16
E20
IH214 IH213
ID
D3 D1 D4 D2 A17 A23 B12 B11 B6
A1 A2 A11 D8 D7 A19 C4 C9
1
2
2
1
1 2 1 2 4
B− W
R−Y
B− R
G− O
Y
B−L
R
W −G
W−R
B −W
W −B
Y− R
BR−B
BR−B
B− R
B−W
Y
R−
YR
−Y
R
B−
L
Y−
R
B−
G
B−
YB
−Y
B−
G
W R
Y−
R
Y
L−
W
B−
W
G−
Y
BR
−B
R−
W
BR
−B
BR
−B
B−
R
B
B−
R
# 50 # 40 # 20 SPD A/C THG THW E2
BR−B
M R LY IG SW W BATT IGF IGT NE G 1 G −
IGNITIO N C OIL
EN
GIN
E C
ON
TR
OL
MO
DU
LE
EG
R G
AS
TE
MP
. S
EN
SO
R
EN
GIN
E C
OO
LA
NT
TE
MP
. S
EN
SO
R
MA
LF
UN
CT
ION
IN
DIC
AT
OR
LA
MP
[C
OM
B.
ME
TE
R]
I 3
E 1
E 3
E 4
E
5
E
6
E
7
FR
OM
EN
GIN
E C
OO
LA
NT
TE
MP
. C
UT
RE
LA
Y
AC
B
A12A15 A25
W−L
Y− R
Y−L
Y− R
W−
R
W−
L
Y−
L
W−
G
# 30# 60 # 10
A5
B6
BC
10
, C
11
A
D14
G−
W
S TP
Y− R
STO PLIG HTSW
S13
EA2
1
EA2
8
B− R
B10
G
( SH
IEL
DE
D)
G 2
D
BR
3
BR
−B
2
1
A
A
JUNCTIONCO NN ECTO R
J 1
B−L B− L
1
SE FILTERNITIO N SYSTEM )
I19
LL
B− W
Y
Y− R
D9
L4
B−
LF
RO
M T
RA
NS
FE
R L
4P
OS
ITIO
N S
W
L
( SH
IEL
DE
D)
G−
O
EA22
2
NO I(IG
N 1
3 4 5
IGF IG T NE G 1 G−
B EX C
IGNITERDISTRIBUTOR
I 2D 2
G2
CO
MB
INA
TIO
N M
ET
ER
C1
3
3
1
1 2
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
62
ENGINE CONTROL
1 2 3 4
I18
E17
E17
EC
C6
C11 C10 C3 C16 C2 A26 A13 A24
1
3 5 2
B− W
Y− R
W −B
B −W
W −B
BR− B
BR− B
G−
W
G−
B
L−
Y
BR G B
R
BR
BR
−B
BR
BR
−B
IDL V TA THA E21 EO 2VG EO1 E 1
KNK1
EN GINE CO NTROL M ODULE
THRO TTLEPO SITIO NSENS OR
MA
SS
AIR
FL
OW
BR
−B
M 1
T 1
E 4 E 5
,
E 6 E 7A C B
C14
L−
WB
KNK2
D13
D
FPR
W−
R
B−L B− L
(SH IELD ED )
B5
Y− R
A A A A
A
(SHIE LDED)
(SHIE LDED)
( SH
( SH
( SH
DE
D)
DE
D)
L
W −B
L
J 9
N E2+
E16
C1
R−
G
C12
BR− B
R−
W
Y− R
4
BR
−B
VCC O IL
A16
I18
BR−B
W− R
BR−B
BR
BR
E17
BR
−B
BR−B
E03
BR− B
Y−R
I19
B4
NE 2−
L
11
K 2
KN
OC
K S
EN
SO
R 2
K 1
KN
OC
K S
EN
SO
R 1
E17
1
IEL
DE
D)
IEL
DE
D)
IEL
DE
D)
( SH
IEL
( SH
IEL
BR
L
W −B
CR
AN
ION
SE
NS
OR
C 3
(SHIELDED)
3 2
N E
NE 2 NE−
KS
HA
FT
PO
SIT
VCVTAIDLE2
1 2
A/T FLUID TE M P. SENSOR
A 3
+BE2
THA E21 VG
A
A
JUN CTION CO NNECTO R
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
63
E15
E15
E21
A22 A4 A6 A5 A7 B7 B1
C7
3 1 6 4
2
2 4 2 4
Y−RY−R
Y−
R
Y−
R
Y−
R
BR
−B
Y−
RG
R LO
R−
G
G−
Y
R−
B
Y−
L
G−
O
TE1
5
E GR H T2 HT1
KTO R 1
IDL
E A
IR C
ON
TR
OL
VA
LV
E
N S
EN
SO
RR
1)
HS
EN
SO
R(
)
Y−
R
Y−
R
H 6
I 1
12
E14E14
EZ11EZ12
EZ13EZ14
A21
Y−
R
Y−
R
Y B
Y B
L−
W
L−
R
VS
V (
EG
R)
V 3
VS
V (
FU
EL
N
TR
OL
)V
4
FPU
Y− R
C5
O X1
W
C13
O X2
D5 D10
OILW TAC O
Y−
L
B
TO CO M BIN ATIO N M ETER
B−L
B− W
W −B
Y− R
W −B
B− L
B −W
W −B
Y− R
W −B
BR−B
BR−B
BR− B
BR− B
W−R
BR− B
Y− R
BR−B
W− R
BR−B
(SH IELD ED )
(SH IELD ED )
( SH
IEL
DE
D)
( SH
IEL
DE
D)
E21
E NG INE C ONTRO L M ODULE
E
4 E
5 E
6 E 7A C B D
Y− R
Y
ISC
4
ISC
2
ISC
3
ISC
1
21
PR
ES
SU
RE
CO 1 31 3
+B E1 +B E1
HT2 OX2 HT OX
HE
AT
ED
OX
YG
E( B
AN
K 1
SE
NS
O
EA
TE
D O
XY
GE
N
BA
NK
1 S
EN
SO
R 2
H 5
8
DATA L INCO NNEC
D 1
−R
123
TE1
+BE 1
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
64
ENGINE CONTROL
I13
D11 D22
B−L
B− W
W −B
ENG INE CO NTRO L M ODU LE
E 4 E5
E 6 E 7
STA NSW
E20 I12
D12
EC
IH1
4
D6
FROM POW ER SO URCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 52)
ID IE
A14
IH 117
SD L +B
FC
2 4 5
A A
16
W W
Y− R
W −B
BR− B
BR− B
Y− R
BR− B
W−R
BR− B
B− L
B −W
Y
R− W
B− R
W− R
W −B
B− W
Y− R Y Y
Y−
R
Y
R−
W
B−
W
B−
R
R−
W
W−
B
W−
B
W−
B
W−
B
Y−
R
BR
−B
BR
−B
W−
B
W−
B
B−
W
Y−
L
1
2
DATA LINKCO NNECTO R 3
D 3
8
UNCTIO NO NNECTO R
JU NCTIONCON NE CT
J 2
FUSEBLOC K
F11
IH28
(SHIELDED)B
RB
R
I12
W−
B
W−
B
IH1
22
15
A O
BD
SDL CG SG
BAT
AAJ
JCOR
A BC D
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
65
5
BO 15
ID 213
BO 13
BF
M
6
3
R−
BR
−G
R−
GW
−B
W−
B
U TR ALN S W
FU EL PU M P[FUE L SEN D ER ]
C IR C UIT O P ER ELA Y
C 8
F18
I14
R −W
R− B
FU
EL
PU
MP
RE
SIS
TO
R
F 5
FUEL PU M PR ELAY
F 4
5
IH 121
4 3
E19
IH 115
I13
TO S TA RTER
TO CO M B IN ATIO N M E TER
R− G
B −L
B− W
Y
R − W
B − R
W − R
B−R
B−RB
−W
B−
RB
P
N
6
P ARK /N EP OSITIO
P 1
NING
2 1
2
1
2 3 1
R−
W
R−
B
W−
R
R−
B
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
66
ENGINE CONTROL
EFI MAIN RELAY(2) 2- (2) 4:CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION
E 4 (A), E 5 (C), E 6 (B), E 7 (D) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(VOLTAGE AT THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE)BATT -E1 : ALWAYS 9.0-14.0 VOLTSIGSW, +B, MRLY-E1 : 9.0-14.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ONVCC -E2 : 4.5-5.5 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ONIDL -E2 : 0-3.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED
: 9.0-14.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPENVTA -E2 : 0.3-0.8 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED
: 3.2-4.9 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPENTHA -E2 : 0.5-3.4 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20C (68F)THW -E2 : 0.2-1.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. 80C (176F)STA -E1 : 6.0 VOLTS OR MORE WITH THE CLANKINGIGT -E1 : PULSE GENERATION WITH THE ENGINE IDLING#10, #20, #30-EO1, EO2 : 9.0-14.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON#40, #50, #60-EO1, EO2 : 9.0-14.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ONIGF -E1 : 2.0 VOLTS OR LESS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON
: PULSE GENERATION WITH THE ENGINE IDLINGG1, G2-G- : PULSE GENERATION WITH THE ENGINE IDLINGNE- G- : PULSE GENERATION WITH THE ENGINE IDLINGKNK1, KNK2-E1 : PULSE GENERATION WITH THE ENGINE IDLINGISC1, ISC2, ISC3, ISC4-E1 : 9.0-14.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ONSTA -E1 : 9.0-14.0 VOLTS OR LESS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW AT “P” OR “N” POSITION
: 3.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW AT OTHER THAN “P ” OR “N” POSITIONSPD -E1 : PULSE GENERATION WITH THE IGNITION SW AND ROTATE DRIVING WHEEL SLOWLYTE1 -E1 : 9.0-14.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 TE1-E1 NOT CONNECTED
: 1.5 VOLTS OR LESS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 TE1-E1 CONNECTEDW -E1 : 9.0-14.0 VOLTS WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING AND NO TROUBLE (MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP OFF)A/C -E1 : 7.5-14.0 VOLTS WITH THE AIR CONDITIONING ON
: 1.5 VOLTS OR LESS WITH THE AIR CONDITIONING OFFSTP -E1 : 7.5-14.0 VOLTS WITH THE STOP LIGHT SW ON (BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED)
: 1.5 VOLTS OR LESS WITH THE STOP LIGHT SW OFFRESISTANCE AT ENGINE CONTROL MODULE CONNECTORS
(DISCONNECT WIRING CONNECTOR)IDL -E2 : INFINITY (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN)
: 2.3 KΩ OR LESS (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)VTA -E2 : 2.0-10.2 KΩ (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN)
: 0.2-5.7 KΩ (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)VCC -E2 : 2.5-5.9 KΩTHA -E2 : 2.0-3 .0 KΩ (INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20C (68F))THW -E2 : 200-400 Ω (ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. 80C (176F))G1,G2-G- : 185-275 Ω (COLD (-10C (14F) TO 0C (122F))
: 240-325 Ω (HOT (50C (122F) TO 100C (212F)NE -G- : 185-275 Ω (COLD (-10C (14F) TO 0C (122F))
: 240-325 Ω (HOT (50C (122F) TO 100C (212F)ISC1, ISC2, ISC3, ISC4-+B : 10-30 Ω
I 1 IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE5-4, 6 : 10-30 Ω2-1, 3 : 10-30 Ω
I 4, I 5, I 6, I 7, I 8, I 9 INJECTOR1-2 : 12-16 Ω
H 5, H 6 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (BANK 1 SENSOR 1, BANK 1 SENSOR 2)1-2 : 5.0-6.5 Ω
T 1 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR1-4 : 2.5-5.9 KΩ1-3 : 2.0-10.2 KΩ WITH THE THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN
: 0.2-5.7 KΩ WITH THE THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED1-2 : INFINITY WITH THE CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.75 MM (0.030 IN.)
: 2.3 KΩ LESS WITH THE CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.50 MM (0.020 IN.)F18 FUEL PUMP [FUEL SENDER]
3-6 : 0.2-3.0 ΩF 5 FUEL PUMP RESISTOR
1-2 : APPROX. 0.73 ΩE 1 EGR GAS TEMP. SENSOR
1-2 : 69-89 Ω (50C, 122F): 11-15 Ω (100C, 212F): 2-4 Ω (150 C, 302F)
V 4 VSV (FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL)1-2 : 37-44 Ω (20C (68F)
SERVICE HINTS
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
67
V 3 VSV (EGR)1-2 : 30-34 Ω (20C, 68F)
E 3 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR1-2 : 10-20 KΩ (-20 C, -4F)
: 4-7 KΩ (0C, 32F): 2-3 KΩ (20C, 68F): 0.9-1.3 KΩ (40C, 104F): 0.4-0.7 KΩ (60C, 140F): 0.2-0.4 KΩ (80C, 176F)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A 3 22 F 5 22 I12 25
C 3 22 F 6 A 22 J 1 25
C 8 24 F 7 B 22 J 2 25
C10 A 24 F11 25 J 8 25
C11 B 24 F18 26 J 9 25
C13 24 H 5 22 K 1 23
D 1 22 H 6 22 K 2 23
D 2 22 I 1 23 M 1 23
D 3 24 I 2 23 N 1 23
E 1 22 I 3 23 P 1 23
E 3 22 I 4 23 S13 25
E 4 A 24 I 5 23 T 1 23
E 5 C 24 I 6 23 V 3 23
E 6 B 24 I 7 23 V 4 23
E 7 D 24 I 8 23
F 4 22 I 9 23
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2 18 R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA2 30 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
EB1 30 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR THE DISTRIBUTOR)
EZ1 30 ENGINE WIRE AND VSV SUB WIRE (NEAR THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR)
ID2 32 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IH132 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
IH232 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
BO1 34 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE (BESIDE THE FUEL TANK)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EB 30 FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER
EC 30 AIR INTAKE CHAMBER
ID 32 LEFT KICK PANEL
IE 32 RIGHT KICK PANEL
BF 34 UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E14 I 6
E15 I1232 COWL WIRE
E16 I1332 COWL WIRE
E17 30 ENGINE WIRE I14
E19 I1832 ENGINE WIRE
E20 I1932 ENGINE WIRE
E21
SERVICE HINTS
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
68
ENGINE CONTROLBrought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
69
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
70
HEADLIGHT
I 1
E 5
E 2
E 2
E 4
I 6
ID
2 2
2 2
2 2 2
E A111
EA 25
E A24
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
4 2
3 2
3 1
1 1
E A
15AH EAD (LH )
15AH EAD (RH )
HE
AD
LIG
HT
LO
LH
HE
AD
LIG
HT
HI
LH
HE
AD
LIG
HT
LO
RH
HE
AD
LIG
HT
HI
RH
HI
C
AT
OR
LI
ET
ER
]
B ATTE RY
FU SIB LE LIN K
H EA DR EL AY
R− W
W
R − Y
R − Y R− Y
R−
W
W
R−
L
R−
WR
−W
R−
W
R−
L
R−
L
R−
W
R−
W
R−
WR
−Y
R−
Y
W−
B
R−
Y
W−
B
W−
B
W−
B
R−
Y
W−
B
R−
YR
−Y
F 8
H 3
H 1
H 4
H 2
C1
R−
W
R−
W
W
5
6
2
1
−L
D IO DE(HE A DLIG H T)
D 7
G HTTAIN ERLA Y
C TIO NN EC TO R
W−
B
E 4
EB
W−
B
W − B
E 3
W−
B
I 6
W−
B
1
3
7
R
LIR ER E
L 1
GH
BE
AM
IN
DI
GH
T [
CO
MB
. M
3
1 1 9 12
13 14
O FF
TAIL
H EAD
H IG H
FLAS HDIM
ME
R S
WL
IGH
TC
ON
TR
OL
SW
C O M BIN ATIO N SW
C 14 B−
O
LO W
A
A
JUNCO N
J 7
FL
MA
IN 2
. 0
L
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
71
HEAD RELAY(2) 1 - (2) 2 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR THE DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION
(WHEN THE LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE)C14 LIGHT CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]
13-11 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITIONC14 DIMMER SW [COMB. SW]
14-9 : CLOSED WITH THE DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION12-9 : CLOSED WITH THE DIMMER SW AT HIGH OR FLASH POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C13 24 H 1 22 J 7 25
C14 24 H 2 22 L 1 25
D 7 24 H 3 22
F 8 22 H 4 22
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2 18 R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA130 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
EA230 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA 30 FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER
EB 30 FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER
ID 32 LEFT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 2 E 5 30 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
E 3 30 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE I 132 COWL WIRE
E 4 I 632 COWL WIRE
5 X6X X X
X 9 11 12 13 14
11 2 X
1 21 2
AAAAA
A A A A A A A
3
X 7
C 13 BLA CKC 14 F 8O R AN G ED 7
BRO W NH 3 , H 4B LAC KH 1 , H 2 BLUEJ 7 L 1
(H INT : SE E PA G E 7)
SERVICE HINTS
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
72
TAILLIGHT
ID EB EA
E 5
B32
B32
5 5
EA33
EA 110 ID27
BV11
B Q14
BV13
1
11
11
A
1 3
B LO C K
JU NC TIO NC O N NECTO R
PA
LH
PA
RH
L L
TA
ILL
IG[R
EA
R
TA
ILL
IG[R
EA
R
U NC TIO NO NNE C TO R
FU SIBLE LIN K
BATTERY
W R
G
W
GG
GG
G G
G G G
W−
BW
−B
W−
B
W−
B
W−
B
W− B
W−
B
W−
B
GG
B−
L
2
G
7 P 2
P 3
L 2
R 8
R 9
C 14
F 8
J 1
TAILR ELA Y
B31
W−
B
R−
B
G H T R E TAINE RELAY
1
BG
R
B
B
2
1
B34
1
G
G
TR
AIL
ER
SO
CK
ET
( TA
IL A
ND
ST
OP
LIG
HT
)
T 4
2
1
FUSE F11
15
A T
AIL
2
8
LIR
L
FL
MA
IN 2
. 0
L
1
2
O FF
TA IL
HE AD
LIG
HT
CO
NT
RO
LS
W
C O M BIN ATIO N SW
A
JC
J
3
2
3
2
RK
ING
LIG
HT
RK
ING
LIG
HT
3 3
ICE
NS
E P
LA
TE
IGH
T
HT
LH
CO
MB
. L
IGH
T L
H]
HT
RH
CO
MB
. L
IGH
T R
H]
B
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
73
TAIL RELAY(1) 2- (1) 3 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
(WHEN THE LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C14 24 J 7 25 P 3 23
F 8 22 L 1 25 R 8 27
F11 25 L 2 26 R 9 27
J 1 25 P 2 23 T 4 27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA130 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
EA330 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
ID2 32 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
BQ1 34 FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
BV1 36 LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE (UNDER THE LOWER BACK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA 30 FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER
EB 30 FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER
ID 32 LEFT KICK PANEL
BG 34 LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 5 30 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE B3236 FLOOR NO 3 WIRE
B31 36 FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE B3436 FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE
2 X X X
X 11
1
AAAAA
A A A A A A A
2
X 82 1
BLAC KC1 4 F 8 F1 1 J 1
BLU EJ 7 L 1 L 2
(SEE PA G E 20)
(H IN T : SE E P AG E 7)
(H IN T : SE E PAG E 7)
X 2 3
P 2 , P 3
3
X 5
R 8 , R 9
1
BLA CKT 4
B B
BBBBB
G RA Y
SERVICE HINTS
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
74
STOP LIGHT
1
ID22
BQ 13
B30
BG
G − W
G−
OG
−W
G−
WG
−W
G−
WW
−B
W − B
S E BLO CK
O P LIGH T S W
FR O M PO W ER SO U RC E SYS TEM (SEE PA G E 52)
3
1
G−
W
BR 1
1
BS 2
3G− W G − W
G−
W
H IG H M O U NTE DS TO P L IG HT
H 12
ST
[RE
LH
]
R 8
ST
[RE
RH
]
R 9
BF
BS21
BR 14
W−
FU
10
A S
TO
P F11
2
2
ST
S1
2
1
5
6
5
6
OP
LIG
HT
LH
AR
CO
MB
. L
IGH
T
OP
LIG
HT
RH
AR
CO
MB
. L
IGH
T
B18
B18
TRAILER SOCKET
T 4
2
(TAIL AND STOP LIGHT)
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
75
S13 STOP LIGHT SW2-1 : CLOSED WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
F11 25 R 8 27 S13 25
H12 26 R 9 27 T 4 27
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ID2 32 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE HARNESS (LEFT KICK PANEL)
BQ1 34 FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
BR1 34 LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
BS2 34 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT REAR SIDE OF ROOF)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
BF 34 UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX
BG 34 LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B18 36 FLOOR WIRE B33 36 FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE
B30 36 FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE
F11 R 8, R 9 S13
(S EE P AG E 20)
H 12 BLA CK
1 2
X 5 6
1 2 2
T 4 BLAC K
SERVICE HINTS
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
76
BACK-UP LIGHT
8
4
IH 16
IH 17
ID 219
B Q 114
I12
B2 9
1
5
B G
3
UP L IG HT LHC O M B. L IG H T LH]
K− UP LIG H T RHR CO M B. L IG HT RH ]
TO A/T IN DIC ATOR L IG HT[C O M B . M E TE R]
TIO NNEC TO R
R −B
W − B
YY
YR
−B
R−
BR
−B
R−
BR
−B
R−
BW
−B
R− B
CK− U P LIG H T S WRK/NEU TRA L P OS ITIO N SW ]
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 52)
5
1
B
B
1
BAC K−[R EA R
BAC[R EA
JU NCC O N
FUS E BLO CK
F11
J 4
R 8 R 9
BA[PA
P 1
R− B
R−
B
B34
T4
TRAILER SOCKET
(TAIL AND STOP LIGHT)
3
10A
GA
UG
E
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
77
P 1 BACK-UP LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]4-8 : CLOSED WITH THE SHIFT LEVER IN R POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
F11 25 P 1 23 R 9 27
J 4 25 R 8 27 T 4 27
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ID2 32 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IH1 32 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
BQ1 34 FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
BG 34 LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I12 32 COWL WIRE B34 36 FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE
B29 36 FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE
X 4
8
1
X 5
F11 J 4 G RAYP 1 R 8 , R 9
(SEE PA GE 20)
3
BLACKT 4
BB
BBBBB
SERVICE HINTS
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
78
ILLUMINATION
1 1
1
E A33
A
2 3
2
1 3
B B B B
B
A A
A
2
1
1
1
ID
1 1
2
G G
R
W−
B
W−
B
W−
G
W−
G
W−
B
W
W − B
SIB LE L IN K
JU N C TIO NC O N N EC TO
R H EO S TA T
TAILR ELA Y
U SE B LOC K
JU N CTIO N CO NN E CTO R
JU N C TIO NC O N NEC TO R
BATTE RY
CO
MB
INA
TIO
N M
ET
ER
11
J 1
J 5
R 7
J 2
C 14C O M BIN A TIO N SW
W
B−
LR
−B
E TAIN E R
A
A
N C TIO NN N EC TO R
4
1
3
1
ID 115
ID 28
B13
B13
A
W−
GW
−G
W−
B
W−
G
G G
GG
EL
EC
TR
ON
ICA
LL
Y C
ON
TR
OL
LE
DT
RA
NS
MIS
SIO
N P
AT
TE
RN
SE
LE
CT
SW
A/T
SH
IFIL
LU
MIN
A[O
/D M
AI
E 9
O 4
G
G
A2C2
C1 B12
( *3
)
( *4
)
CC
11
, C
12
BA
, C
13
GW
−G
I12
W−
B
W − BW − B
F
F
15
A T
AIL
8
2
LIG H T RR ELAY
L 1FU
F 8
FL
MA
IN 2
. 0
L
T
LE
O FF
TAIL
H EADLIG
HT
CO
NT
RO
LS
W
T L
EV
ER
TIO
NN
SW
]
A
JUC O
J 7
R
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
79
2
A
A
IE
GW
W−
BW
−B
GL
OG
HT
JUN
CT
ION
CO
NN
EC
TO
R
G 3
J 8J 5
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
W−
G
BR
1,
R 3
A
RA
DIO
AN
D P
LA
YE
R
A10
B54
1
3
2
1
6
IF114
IF11
I10
I16
I16
I 9 I20
2
1
2
1
3
13
I 9
A6
B2
A A A
GGG
G
G−
WW
−G
W−
GGGG
W−
G
W−
G
GGG
GG
G
W−
G
W−
G
W−
G
W−
GW
−G
W−
G
G
A A A
RE
AR
WIN
DG
GE
R S
W
HW
AN
NA
CS
W
AS
HT
RA
Y I
LL
UM
INA
TIO
N
CIG
AL
ET
TE
LIG
HT
UM
INA
TIO
N
HE
AT
ER
CO
L S
WA
ND
A/C
R 5
H
A2
0
C 7
H1
0
A
G
( *1
)( *
1)
( *1
)
RA
DR
ST
ER
EO
CO
MP
ON
EN
T A
MP
LIF
IER
R 2
BS
11
, S
12
A
6
3
A
GW
−G
A
RE
AR
S
W
J 4
R 4
( *2
)( *
2)
9
2
W− B W −B
AA
A
A
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
1
VE
BO
X L
I1
G 4
ER
IL
L
ON
TR
SW
HE
AT
ER
OW
DE
FO
AZ
AR
D S
UT
O A
NT
EO
NT
RO
L
9 21
IOE
AN
D P
LA
Y
*1 : SEPARATE TYPE AMPLIFIER
*2 : BUILT−IN TYPE AMPLIFIER
*3 : A/T INDICATOR ILLUMINATION
*4 : METER ILLUMINATION
2
GL
OV
E B
OX
LIG
HT
SW
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
80
ILLUMINATION
TAIL RELAY(1) 2- (1) 3 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
(WHEN LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE)R 7 RHEOSTAT
1-2 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE RHEOSTAT FULLY TURNED COUNTERWISE AND 0 VOLTS WITH IT FULLY TURNEDCLOCKWISE
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A20 24 G 3 25 L 1 25
A21 24 G 4 25 O 4 27
C 7 24 H 9 25 R 1 A 25
C11 B 24 H10 25 R 2 25
C12 C 24 J 1 25 R 3 B 25
C13 A 24 J 2 25 R 4 25
C14 24 J 4 25 R 5 25
E 9 26 J 5 25 R 7 25
F 8 22 J 7 25 S11 A 25
F11 25 J 8 25 S12 B 25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA3 30 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
ID132 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
ID232 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF1 32 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID 32 LEFT KICK PANEL
IE 32 RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 9 I16 32 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE
I10 32 COWL WIRE I20 32 COWL WIRE
I12 B13 36 FLOOR WIRE
SERVICE HINTS
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
81
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
82
INTERIOR LIGHT
1 0AD O M E
FRO M PO W ER S O UR CE SY STEM (SEE PAG E 52 )
2
1
B 9 B 8
B10 B11 B11
I 9
I11 I11
I14
IE16 IE14 IE13
II24
BL11
B23
IE 12
BP 21
BL12
II29
ID
4
L− Y L− Y
L−YL− Y L− Y
W − B
R −Y
R− L
R− Y
L− Y
L− Y
L− Y
L− Y
L− Y
L− Y
R −Y R− Y
W −B
B−
WR
−L
R−
L
R−
Y
W−
B
W−
B
W−
B−
B
L−
Y
L−
Y
L−
Y
L−
Y
L−
Y
B
L−
YL
−Y
L−
YL
−Y
L−
YR
−L
R−
LR
−Y
L
1
3
( *1
)
(* 2 )
( *2
)
(* 1)
( *1
)
J 3
O P EN D O O R W A RN IN G LIG[CO M B. M ETER ]
C 13
H T)
M
PE
[M
( *1
)( *
1)
( *2
)
(* 1)
JUN C TIOCO N NE C
J 2
DO
OR
CO
UR
TE
SY
SW
RE
AR
RH
D1
9
R−
LR
−L
R−
Y
R−
L
R−
Y
L− Y
EA1
3L− Y
I12
W−
B
IE
W−
B
B
B
JU
NC
TIO
N C
ON
NC
TO
R
6 1 5 2 3
1
R− W
HT
DIO DE (IN TER IOR L IGD10
2
1
2
1
2
OF
FO
N
DO
OR
1
2
OF
FO
N
DO
OR
1
2
BP 22
1
R−
L
3 RS
ON
AL
LIG
HT
OO
N R
OO
F C
ON
TR
OL
SW
]
1
VA
NIT
Y L
IGH
T L
H
VA
NIT
Y L
IGH
T R
H
RE
AR
IN
TE
RIO
R L
IGH
T
FR
ON
T I
NT
ER
IOR
LIG
HT
V 6
V 7
R1
6 F1
6F
17
( *1
)( *
2)
DO
OR
CO
UR
TE
SY
LIG
HT
RE
AR
RH
D1
5
1
R −
A
A
WW
−B
NTO R
B
B
B
B
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
83
BN22
ID24
B17
BN21
ID21
BF
BT21
BS21
BS22
BT22
ID
I14
BK114 BJ24 BR18
BJ21BK113
L−
YY
R−
LR
−Y
R −Y
DO
OR
CO
R L
H
D1
8
L− Y
L− Y
L−
Y
L−
Y
Y Y
R−
L
R−
L
R−
Y
R−
L
R−
L
R−
B
W−
BW
−B
R−
B
R−
WR
−W
R−
WW
−B
W−
BW
−B
DO
OR
CO
UR
TE
DO
OR
CO
UR
TE
H
D1
4
D1
2
IGN
ITIO
GH
T
I10
JUNCO N
J 7
W
DIODE(INTERIO R LIG HT)
D 9R−Y
L− Y
DO
OR
CO
UR
TE
HD
13
L−Y
BR14
4 3
1IG NITION KE Y CYLINDERLIG HT RE LAY
I11
1
2
2
1
1
2
1
2
L−
L−
L−
R−
W
SY
LIG
HT
RE
AR
LH
SY
LIG
HT
FR
ON
T L
N K
EY
CY
LIN
DE
R L
I
SY
LIG
HT
FR
ON
T R
1
2
A
A
W−
B
CTIONNECTO R
BA
CK
DO
OR
CO
UR
TE
SY
SB
6
1
R−
Y
UR
TE
SY
SW
RE
A
I 5 I 5 I 9 I 51 2
2 1II2
31
ID2
31
R−L R− L R−L R−L R−B
R−BR−GR−G
R−
L
R−
B
DOO R C OURTESY SWFRO NT RH
DIO DE(INTERIOR LIGHT)
DOOR COURTESY SWFR ONT LH
D17 D 8 D16
LPDCTY
B
*1 : W/ MOON ROOF
*2 : W/O MOON ROOF
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
84
INTERIOR LIGHT
F16, F17 FRONT INTERIOR LIGHT2-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS2-1 : CLOSED WITH THE INTERIOR LIGHT POSITION SW AT DOOR POSITION
D16, D17, D18, D19 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH1-GROUND : CLOSED WITH EACH OF THE DOOR OPEN
B 6 BACK DOOR COURTESY SW2-1 : CLOSED WITH THE BACK DOOR OPEN
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
B 6 26 D15 26 I11 25
C13 24 D16 26 J 2 25
D 8 24 D17 26 J 3 25
D 9 24 D18 26 J 7 25
D10 24 D19 26 M 3 26
D12 26 F16 26 R16 27
D13 26 F17 26 V 6 27
D14 26 I10 25 V 7 27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2 18 R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1 30 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
ID2 32 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1E1 32 ROOF WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II2 32 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BJ2 34 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
BK1 34 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BL1 34 ROOF WIRE AND ROOF NO. 3 WIRE (ROOF LEFT)
BN2 34 REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)
BP2 34 REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)
BR1 34 LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
BS2 34 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT REAR SIDE OF ROOF)
BT2 36 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID 32 LEFT KICK PANEL
IE 32 RIGHT KICK PANEL
BF 34 UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 5 B 9
I 9 B10 36 ROOF WIRE
I11 32 COWL WIRE B11
36 ROOF WIRE
I12
32 COWL WIRE
B17 36 FLOOR WIRE
I14 B23 36 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE
B 8 36 ROOF WIRE
SERVICE HINTS
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
85
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
86
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT
I 7
I 7
I 7
I 7
I 7
I 7I 1
2
1
5
2
1
EA17 ID220 ID221 EA18
BQ 19 BQ 110
1 1
1
3
A
A
E A1
2
2
ID EB BG EA
A
A
2 1
FRO M P OW E R SO UR CE SY STE M (SEE P AG E 52)
CK
15AHA Z− HO RN
G − B
G
G − Y
G − YG − B
G
G − R
−O
G−
B
G−
Y
G−
B
G−
Y
G−
B
G−
Y
G−
B
G−
Y
G−
B
G−
Y
G−
Y
G−
B
W−
B
W−
B
W−
B
W−
B
W−
B
W−
B
W−
BW
−B
JU
NC
TIO
NC
ON
NE
CT
OR
FR
ON
T T
UR
NS
IGN
AL
LIG
HT
LH
RE
AR
TU
RH
[RE
AR
CO
RO N T TU R NIG N AL LIG HT R H
JUNCTIONCO N NE CTO R
IN D ICA TO R LIG H T[C O M B . M E TER ]
RE
AR
TU
LH
[RE
AR
CO
FLASHRE LAY
J 7
2
R 9
R 8
F 1
J 2
2
2
1 1
5
W − B
IF1
18G − O G −O
A2 A1
B2 B1
G−
B
G−
Y
TRAILER S OC KET(TURN SIG N AL L IG HT)
BT 5 , T 6A
IF16IF117IF116
IF1
FS
F
7.
5A
TU
RN
FUS E B LO
F11
O FF
O N
RH
LH
HA ZA RD TU RN
7 9 5 6 5 1 8
1 0 8
G
G−
Y
G−
B
G
G−
Y
G−
B
G
TU RN SIGN AL SW[C O M B . SW ]HA ZAR D SW
C 14H 9
TU RN SIG NA L
LH R H
1
8 9
C11
2 2
RN
SIG
NA
L L
IGH
TM
B.
LIG
HT
RH
]
RN
SIG
NA
L L
IGH
TM
B.
LIG
HT
LH
]
B L
E
I12
IF1
IE
G−W
G−W
G
8
G−B
G−Y
7
G−R
W−
B
W−
B
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
1 X X 5 X
X 8
AAAAA
A A A A A A A
AAAAA
A A A A A A A
2
X 5
1
2
1
2
B B LA C KT 6
A B LA C KT 5
C 1 1 B L U E C 1 4 B L A C K F 1 , F 2 G R A Y F1 1
R 8 , R 9J 7 B LU EJ 2 B L U EH 9 B LA C K
(S E E P A G E 20 )X98X1
(H IN T : S E E P A G E 7 ) (H IN T : S E E P A G E 7 )
1 2
X
5 6 7 8 9 1 0
87
FLASH RELAY(1) 2-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON OR THE HAZARD SW ON(1) 1-GROUND : CHANGES FROM 12 TO 0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THE TURN SIGNAL SW LEFT OR
RIGHT POSITION, AND WITH THE HAZARD SW ON(1) 3-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C11 24 F11 25 R 8 27
C14 24 H 9 25 R 9 27
F 1 22 J 2 25 T 5 A 27
F 2 22 J 7 25 T 6 B 27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2 18 R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1 30 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
ID2 32 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1F1 32 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
BQ1 34 FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA 30 FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER
EB 30 FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER
ID 32 LEFT KICK PANEL
IE 32 RIGHT KICK PANEL
BG 34 LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 132 COWL WIRE
I12 32 COWL WIRE
I 732 COWL WIRE
SERVICE HINTS
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
88
LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF
I 1
2 2 1
2 2 1 1
EA 111
2
1
ID
E 7
EA 33
1 3 2
2 4 3 1
11
W W
WB
−R
B−
W
−L
R−
B
RR−
W
R−
Y
R−
W
W
W W
W
B A TTE RY
HE ADRE LAY
TA ILR ELAY
DIO DE(H EAD LIG HT)
D 7
FROM P OW E R SO U RC ESYSTEM (SE E PAG E 52)
W
N C TIO NO NN E CTO R
7
B LO C K
1 1
32
10
A E
CU
−B
15
A E
CU
−IG
FUS E
F11
O FF
TAIL
H EA DLIG
HT
CO
NT
RO
L S
W
ID 23
6 1 7 8
5 3 2
13 2
1
R
R−
BR
−B
W
B−
LB − O
FU SIBLE L INK C O M BINA TIO N SW
LIG H T R E TAIN ERR ELA Y
L 1
F 8 C 14
FL
MA
IN 2
. 0
L
1
W−
B
D O O R COU R TESYS W FRO NT LH
D 16
A
A
W−
B
JUC
J
B IG HR LY TRLY
D C TY H T
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
89
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE LIGHT RETAINER RELAY THROUGH ECU-IGFUSE.
VOLTAGE IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE LIGHT RETAINER RELAY THROUGH THE TAIL RELAY (COIL SIDE), ANDTO TERMINAL 7 OF THE LIGHT RETAINER RELAY THROUGH THE HEAD RELAY (COIL SIDE).
1. NORMAL LIGHTING OPERATION<TURN TAILLIGHT ON>
WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO TAIL POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL 2 OF THE LIGHT RETAINER RELAY.
ACCORDING TO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOW TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 2 TO TERMINAL 2OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND, CAUSING TAILLIGHTS TO TURN ON.
<TURN HEADLIGHT ON>
WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO HEAD POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL 3 OF THE LIGHT RETAINER RELAY.ACCORDING TO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOW TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE RELAY FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 3 TO T ERMINAL13 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND, CAUSING HEADLIGHTS AND TAILLIGHTS TO TURN ON. THE TAILLIGHTCIRCUIT IS SAME AS ABOVE (SEE <TURN TAILLIGHT ON>).
2. LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF OPERATIONWITH THE LIGHTS ON AND THE IGNITION SW TURNED OFF (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE LIGHT RETAINER RELAY),WHEN THE DOOR OF DRIVER’S SIDE IS OPENED (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE LIGHT RETAINER RELAY), THERELAY OPERATES, AND THE CURRENT IS CUT OFF WHICH FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY TO TERMINAL 2 AND FROMTERMINAL 7 OF THE RELAY TO TERMINAL 3. AS A RESULT, ALL LIGHTS ARE TURNED OFF AUTOMATICALLY.
L 1 LIGHT RETAINER RELAY1-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION6-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS5-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN7-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS8-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS3-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION2-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C14 24 F 8 22 L 1 25
D 7 24 F11 25
D16 26 J 7 25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2 18 R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA130 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
EA330 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
1D2 32 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID 32 LEFT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 7 30 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE I 1 32 COWL WIRE
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
90
LIGHT AUTO TURN OFFBrought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
91
FRONT WIPER AND WASHERBrought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
92
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER
FR O N T W IPERM O TO R
ID
I15
W−
B
FUSE B
F11
FROM P OW ER SO UR CE SY S TEM (SE E P AG E 52)
1
E A44
L
L
IE
A A W − B
JU NC TIONC O NN EC TO R
J 8
W − B
L
LO CK
20
A W
IPE
R
2
6
3
8 L
L−R
LG
−Y
−R
L LG
W AS HERM O TO R
W 2
I 2
E A45
L−
BL
−B
L−
B
L − W
D IOD E(FR O NT W A SHER )
D 6
I13L− B TO DIO DE
(RE AR W ASH ER )
2
1
2
1
L
MA
2 3 6 5W−
B
JUNC TIO NCO NN EC TO R
J 7
F 3A 1
+ 2 +1 +B +S
L L
M
FRO N T W IPER AND W ASH ER SWC1 5
[C O M B. SW ]
8
1
4
7
1
1
B1INT2INT1+S+1+2+B
O FF
INT
LO
HI
EWW
O FF
O N
W
EW
+S
+1
+2
+B
W IPER SW
W AS HER SW
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
93
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW, TERMINAL2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR AND TERMINAL 6 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR FROM THE WIPER FUSE.
1. LOW SPEED POSITIONWITH THE WIPER SW TURNED TO LO POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHERSW TO TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, CAUSING THE WIPER MOTOR TORUN AT LOW SPEED.
2. HIGH SPEED POSITIONWITH THE WIPER SW TURNED TO HI POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHERSW TO TERMINAL 13 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, CAUSING THE WIPER MOTOR TORUN AT HIGH SPEED.
3. INT POSITIONWITH THE WIPER SW TURNED TO INT POSITION, THE RELAY OPERATES AND THE CURRENT WHICH IS CONNECTED BY RELAYFUNCTION FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW TO TERMINAL 16 → GROUND. THIS FLOW OF THECURRENT OPERATES THE INTERMITTENT CIRCUIT AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE FRONT WIPER ANDWASHER SW TO TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND AND FUNCTIONS.
THE INTERMITTENT OPERATION IS CONTROLLED BY A CONDENSER’S CHARGED AND DISCHARGED FUNCTION INSTALLED INRELAY.
4. WASHER CONTINUOUS OPERATIONWITH THE WASHER SW TURNED TO ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR TO TERMINAL 1→ TERMINAL 8 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, CAUSING THE WASHER MOTOR TO RUN,AND WINDOW WASHER EMITS A WATER SPRAY. THIS CAUSES A CURRENT TO FLOW TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE FRONT WIPER ANDWASHER SW → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND.
WHILE THE WASHER SW IS ON, WINDOW WASHER KEEPS EMITTING SPRAYS AND FRONT WIPER KEEPS FUNCTIONING.
C15 FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW [COMB. SW]16-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY18-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION7-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE WIPER AND WASHER SW AT LO POSITION
: APPROX. 12 VOLTS EVERY APPROX. 1 TO 10 SECONDS INTERMITTENTLY WITH THE WIPER SW AT INT POSITION4-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON UNLESS THE WIPER MOTOR AT STOP POSITION
13-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE WIPER AND WASHER SW AT HI POSITIONF 3 FRONT WIPER MOTOR
5-6 : CLOSED UNLESS THE WIPER MOTOR AT STOP POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C15 24 F11 25 W 2 23
D 6 24 J 7 25
F 3 22 J 8 25
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA4 30 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (RIGHT FENDER)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID 32 LEFT KICK PANEL
IE 32 RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 232 COWL WIRE
I15 32 COWL WIRE
I1332 COWL WIRE
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
94
REAR WIPER AND WASHER
R EAR W IP ERM OTO R
R 19
B T15 B T16BT14
BR21
B S16
BR 12 BR 15
BS15 B S14
BS2
1
B R 1
4
B T2
2
I20
BF ID
A
A
2
JUNC TIONC O NN EC TO R
J 7
W − B
L−W
L−R
W −B W − B
LL
LL
L
W−
B
W−
B
L−
B
LG
L−
B
LG
L−
B
L−
G
L−
B
L−
G
W−
B
L
FRO M PO W ER S OU R CE SYS TEM (SE E PAG E 52)
L−
B L−
O
ID16 ID 112ID12
I 2
1
2
2
1
FU SE BLO CK
W AS HE RM OTO R
R EAR W IP ER AN D W AS HER S W[C O M B. SW ]
C 15
W 2
F11
L
LL
L−
B
LG
I 2
EA44
L
L
TO
DIO
DE
( FR
ON
T W
AS
HE
R)
I 7
1
2
EA45
I12
L−
B
L−
B
L
L −B L−O1
2
D1 1
W 1
DIO D E(R EAR W ASH ER )
W ASH ER C HA NG EV ALVE
L−
O
2 3
1
4 6
RE
AR
WIP
ER
RE
LA
Y
R2
0
LS C1
+B
+S LM
3 1 4
2 1610 1
20
A W
IPE
R
W ASH ER2
O FF
INT
O N
W ASH ER1
W R C1R +1R EW
M
ME
+1 +B S
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
95
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR, TERMINAL 1 OF THEWASHER CHANGE VALVE, TERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPER RELAY AND TERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPER MOTOR FROM THEWIPER FUSE.
1. REAR WIPER NORMAL OPERATIONWITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 1 OFTHE REAR WIPER RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW →TERMINAL 16 → GROUND. THUS, THE RELAY COIL IS ACTIVATED, AND THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY FLOWS TOTERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE REAR WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → GROUND, CAUSING THE MOTOR TO ROTATE TOOPERATE REAR WIPER.
2. REAR WIPER INTERMITTENT OPERATIONWITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW TURNED TO INT POSITION, THE CURRENT FROMTERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPER RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 OF THE REAR WIPER ANDWASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, AS A RESULT, THE RELAY OPERATES FOR APPROX. 6 - 10 SEC., AND THE CURRENTFLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPER RELAY TO TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE REAR WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL2 → GROUND, CAUSING THE MOTOR TO ROTATE TO OPERATE THE REAR WIPER. AT THIS TIME, THE CONTACT IN THE WIPERMOTOR CLOSES, AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPER MOTOR TO TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 2 OFTHE REAR WIPER RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE REAR WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → GROUND.
THUS, THE INTERMITTENT-STOP CURRENT OPERATES, THE CONDENSER IN THE CIRCUIT CHARGES AND THE WIPER CONTINUESTO OPERATE UNTIL REACHING THE STOP POSITION. AFTER THE WIPER STOPS, THE CURRENT DOES NOT FLOW TO THEINTERMITTENT-STOP CIRCUIT FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY, BUT THE CONDENSER DISCHARGES THE CURRENT INTO THEINTERMITTENT CIRCUIT AND THE CIRCUIT OPERATES UNTIL THE CONDENSER DISCHARGE ENDS. AS, A RESULT, THIS DISCHARGEINTERVAL BECOMES THE INTERMITTENT TIME.
WHEN THE CURRENT IS DISCHARGED COMPLETELY, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 4 →TERMINAL10 OF THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND.
THEN, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE REAR WIPER MOTOR→TERMINAL 2 → GROUND, ROTATING THE MOTOR. ACCORDING TO REPETITION OF THIS PROCESS, INTERMITTENT OPERATION OFTHE REAR WIPER OCCURS.
3. WASHER OPERATIONWITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW TURNED TO ON OR INT POSITION, WHEN THE WIPERSW IS PUSHED STRONGLY TOWARD THE ON OR INT SIDE, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR FLOWS TOTERMINAL 1 OF THE MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 OF THE REAR WIPER SW → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, SO THAT THE WASHER MOTORROTATES AND THE WINDOW WASHER EMITS A WATER SPRAY, ONLY WHILE THE WIPER SW IS PRESSED. AT THE SAME TIME, THEWASHER CHANGE VALVE OPERATES.
WHEN THE CURRENT FLOWS TO THE WASHER CHANGE VALVE, THE WASHER CHANGE VALVE IS ACTIVATED AND WASHER EMITSA WATER SPRAY ON THE REAR WINDOW.
W 2 WASHER MOTOR2-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION1-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE WASHER SW TURNED ON
R20 REAR WIPER RELAY1-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION4-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE REAR WIPER SW AT INT POSITION6-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE REAR WIPER SW AT ON POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C15 24 J 7 25 W 1 23
D11 24 R19 27 W 2 23
F11 25 R20 27
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA4 30 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (RIGHT FENDER)
ID1 32 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
BR134 LUGGAGE ROOM NO 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
BR234 LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
BS134 BACK DOOR NO 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO 1 WIRE (LEFT REAR SIDE OF ROOF)
BS234 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT REAR SIDE OF ROOF)
BT136 BACK DOOR NO 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)
BT236 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
96
REAR WIPER AND WASHER
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID 32 LEFT KICK PANEL
BF 34 UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 232 COWL WIRE
I1232 COWL WIRE
I 732 COWL WIRE
I2032 COWL WIRE
(SEE PAGE 20)
F11
1 2 X X
10 X X 16 X
X
X X
1 2 AAAAA
A A A A A A A2
3 4
1
1 2 3
4 X 61 2
1 2
BLACKC15 GRAYD11 BLUEJ 7 R19
R20 DARK GRAYW 1 BLACKW 2
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
97
HORN
2
2 2
2
EA 1
1
2
10
1 3
1 1
FR O M PO W ER S O UR C E SYS TE M (S EE PAG E 5 2)
15 AH AZ−H O R N
HO R NRELA Y
2
1
G−
O
G−
WG − R G −R G − W
H O RN SW[C O M B . S W ]
C 14
HO R N RH H O RN LHH 8 H 7
HORN RELAY(2) 2- (2) 3 : CLOSED WITH THE HORN SW ON
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C14 24 H 7 22 H 8 22
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2 18 R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1 30 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
X X X
X 10
1
B LAC KC 14 B LAC KH 7 , H 8
SERVICE HINTS
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
98
MOON ROOF
1 1
1 1
ID
A
A
45 2
4
A
1 3
3 4
YW
−B
W−
B
CO N TRO L RELAY
FUSE B LO CK
PO W ERRE LAY
JUN CTIO NCO N N ECTOR
M O O N R O O F C O N TRO LS W [P ER SON A L LIG H T]
M OO N R OO FLIM IT S WAN D M O TO R
FR O M PO W ER SO UR C E SYSTEM (SEE PAG E 52)
JUN CTIO NCO N N ECTOR
F11
J 1
M 3M 4
J 2
3
A
21
IE15
6
W − B
L−
BL
−B
W−
B
B 8
IE 1
6
I 3 B J1
20
B J2
8
B J2
6
B J1
11
A
L
Y
G −
W −
L
Y
G −O
LL
W−
B
W−
BD 22
B 9W − BW − B W − B
I12
IE
W−
B
W−
B
M O O N R OO F
M 2
B J1
3
ID2
3
B J2
5
II2
3
1 1
16
15
1
8
R− B
R − G
R − B
R− G
R −G
R − L
O
B
DO
OR
CO
UR
TE
SY
SW
FR
ON
T R
H
DO
OR
CO
UR
TE
SY
SW
FR
ON
T L
H
D1
7
D1
6
14
2
5 2 3 61 4
3 7 1 28 9 5 4
6 3
R−
Y
R−
W
P
G−
Y
G−
W
R−
L
G R
1 1
W−
B
T IM ER
Q
R
S
IG
E
DO
WN
/O
PE
N
UP
/C
LO
SE
G ND U P D O W N O PE N C LO SLS . 1 LS. 2 − +
D O O R LO C KC O NTR O L R ELAY
30
A F
L P
OW
ER
10
A G
AU
GE
MNO
.
NO
.
1 2
DO
WN
CL
OS
E
OP
EN
UP
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
99
CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH FL POWER FUSE TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER RELAY.
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER RELAY TO TERMINAL 1 →GROUND THROUGH GAUGE FUSE. AS A RESULT, THE POWER RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THEPOWER RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY.
1. SLIDE OPEN OPERATIONWHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON AND THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO THE OPEN POSITION, A SIGNAL ISINPUT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. THE MOONROOF LIMIT SW NO. 2 IS TURNED ON AT THIS TIME.
WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY FLOWSFROM TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF MOTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROLRELAY → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND, ROTATING THE MOTOR TO OPEN THE MOON ROOF WHILE THE SW IS BEING PUSHED TOOPEN POSITION.
2. SLIDE OPEN OPERATIONWITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE MOON ROOF COMPLETELY OPEN AND THE MOON ROOF LIMIT SWITCH NO. 1 ANDNO. 2 BOTH ARE ON, WHEN THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO THE CLOSE POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROMTERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY.
WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY FLOWSFROM TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE MOON ROOF MOTOR → TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 5 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROLRELAY → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND, ROTATING THE MOTOR TO CLOSE THE MOON ROOF WHILE THE SW IS BEING PUSHED TOCLOSE POSITION.
WHEN THE MOON ROOF LIMIT SW NO. 1 IS TURNED OFF (THE MOON ROOF LIMIT SW NO. 2 IS ON) AND MOON ROOF REACHES 100MM FROM FULLY CLOSE POSITION, SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE LIMIT SW NO. 1 TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE MOONROOF CONTROL RELAY. THIS SIGNAL ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND STOPS CONTINUITY FROM TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOFCONTROL RELAY TO TERMINAL 11 , AS A RESULT, THE MOON ROOF STOPS AT THIS POSITION.
TO CLOSE THE MOON ROOF COMPLETELY, PUSHING THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AGAIN TO THE CLOSE SIDE CAUSES ASIGNAL TO BE INPUT AGAIN TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND THE MOONROOF WILL CLOSE AS LONG AS THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS BEING PUSHED, ALLOWING THE MOON ROOF TO FULLYCLOSE.
3. TILT UP OPERATIONWHEN THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO TILT UP POSITION, WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE MOONROOF COMPLETELY CLOSED (MOON ROOF LIMIT SW NO. 2 IS OFF), A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE MOON ROOFCONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENTTO TERMINAL 6 OF THE RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE MOON ROOF MOTOR →TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND, ROTATING THE MOTOR SO THAT TILT UP OPERATIONOCCURS AS LONG AS MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED ON THE TILT UP SIDE.
4. TILT DOWN OPERATIONWHEN THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO TILT DOWN POSITION, WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE MOONROOF TILTED UP (MOON ROOF LIMIT SW NO. 1 AND NO. 2 ARE BOTH OFF), A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE MOONROOF CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY.
AS A RESULT, THE RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THERELAY → TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF MOTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND,ROTATING THE MOTOR SO THAT TILT DOWN OPERATION OCCURS AS LONG AS THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED ONTHE TILT DOWN SIDE. (DURING TILT DOWN, THE LIMIT SW NO. 1 CHANGES FROM OFF TO ON.)
5. TILT UP REMINDER SYSTEMWHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON TO ACC OR OFF, WITH THE MOON ROOF STILL TILTED UP, THE CURRENT DOES NOT FLOWTO TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY.
THIS IS RECEIVED BY THE RELAY AS A SIGNAL THAT THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF. AT THIS TIME, THE MOON ROOF LIMIT SWNO. 1 AND NO. 2 ARE OFF, SO SIGNALS ARE INPUT TO TERMINAL 8 AND 9 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY THAT THE MOONROOF IS IN THE TILT OPERATION POSITION. WHEN THESE SIGNALS ARE INPUT TO THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY, THE TIMERBUILT INTO THE RELAY OPERATES.
6. KEY OFF MOON ROOF OPERATIONWITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED FROM ON TO OFF, THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY OPERATES AND THE CURRENT FLOWSFROM FL POWER FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 15 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWERRELAY → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, AT THIS TIME, FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS THE SAME AS NORMAL OPERATION, THE CURRENTFLOWS FROM POWER FUSE → TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROLRELAY. AS A RESULT, FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS AFTER THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF, THE FUNCTION OF THIS RELAY MAKES ITPOSSIBLE TO OPEN AND CLOSE THE MOON ROOF. ALSO, BY OPENING THE FRONT DOOR (THE DOOR COURTESY SW ON) WITHINABOUT 60 SECONDS.
AFTER TURNING THE IGNITION SW TO OFF, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OR 14 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY. AS ARESULT, THE RELAY TURNS OFF, AND OPEN AND CLOSE MOVEMENT OF THE MOON ROOF STOPS.
SYSTEM OUTLINE
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
100
MOON ROOF
POWER RELAY(1) 4- (1) 2 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION OR KEY OFF OPERATED
M 2 MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY11-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY6-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION OR KEY OFF OPERATED4-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT
CLOSE OR UP POSITION (EXCEPT APPROX. 100 MM (3.941 IN.) 2 SECOND IN THE BEFORE CLOSED POSITION)5-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT OPEN OR DOWN POSITION9-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS → 0 VOLTS WITH FROM OPEN TO CLOSE
0 VOLTS WITH UP OR DOWN POSITION0 VOLTS → APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH APPROX. 100 MM (3.941 IN.) 2 SECOND IN THE BEFORE CLOSED POSITION
8-GROUND : 0 VOLTS → APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH FROM UP TO DOWNM 3 MOON ROOF CONTROL SW
5-4 : CLOSED WITH THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT UP POSITION6-4 : CLOSED WITH THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT CLOSE POSITION2-4 : CLOSED WITH THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT DOWN POSITION3-4 : CLOSED WITH THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT OPEN POSITION4-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
D16 26 F11 25 M 2 26
D17 26 J 1 25 M 3 26
D22 26 J 2 25 M 4 26
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ID2 32 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1E1 32 ROOF WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II2 32 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BJ134 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LE NEL)
BJ234 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID 32 LEFT KICK PANEL
IE 32 RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 3 32 COWL WIRE B 836 ROOF WIRE
I12 32 COWL WIRE B 936 ROOF WIRE
SERVICE HINTS
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
101
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
102
CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND CLOCK
I 8
ID IE
2
EA13
A A
1
1 3
2 2
3
2
A A
4 2
1 1 1
JU NCTIO NCO N NE CTO R
JUNC TIO NC O N NEC TO R
C LOC KC IG AR ETTELIG HTER
FU SE BLO C K
10ADO M E
FR O M PO W ER SO U RC E SYS TEM (S EE PA G E 52)
GR
L−
Y
GR
GR
L−
Y
W−
BW
−B
W−
BW
−B
F11
C 9C 6
J 7 J 8
GR
A
A
JUN CTIO NCO NN EC TO R
J 3
G
A
A
JUN CTIO NCO N NE CTO R
J 4
B BL− Y
J 3JUN CTIO NCO N NE CTO R
G
15
A C
IG
15
A T
AIL
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
103
C 6 CIGARETTE LIGHTER2-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION1-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUTIY
C 9 CLOCK3-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS (POWER FOR CLOCK)4-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION (POWER FOR INDICATION)2-GROUND : APPROX 12 VOLTS WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION1-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUTIY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C 6 24 J 3 25 J 8 25
C 9 24 J 4 25
F11 25 J 7 25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2 18 R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF THE LEFT FENDER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1 30 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID 32 LEFT KICK PANEL
IE 32 RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 8 32 COWL WIRE
1
21 2
3 4A A A
A A A
AAAAA
A A A A A A A
AAAAA
A A A A A A A
C 6 C 9 J 3 J 4
B LU EJ 7 BLUEJ 8
F 11
(S EE PAG E 20)
(HIN T : SE E PAG E 7 ) (H INT : SEE P A G E 7)
(HINT : S EE PA G E 7)(HINT : SEE PA G E 7 )
B B B B B
B BA A A
A A A
SERVICE HINTS
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
104
REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR
1
W
W
G Y W G Y WW
W−
B
R EM O TE C ON TR O LM IR RO R LH
R EM O TE C O NTR O LM IRR O R R H
I 4
B J19 BJ16 BJ110 BK 19 B K16 BK 110
ID
GR
FR O M PO W ER SO URC E S YSTEM (SEE PAG E 52 )
R 6
W−
B
YG
G−
R
U NC TIONO NN EC TO R
2
FU SE BLO CK
F11
RE M O TE CO NTR OL M IR RO R SW
1
2
Y− R
I12
IE
W−
B
W−
BA
A
JC
J
M M M M
321321
R 21 R 22
4361029
15
A C
IG
LE
FT
RIG
HT
UP
DO
WN
LE
FT
/UP
IGH
TO
WN
OP
ER
AT
ION
SW
B
R /D
LH RH LH R H
SE
LE
CT
SW
H R VR M +HL VL E
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
105
R 6 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW1-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC ON ON POSITION3-4 : CONTINUITY WITH THE OPERATION SW AT UP OR LEFT POSITION9-4 : CONTINUITY WITH THE OPERATION SW AT RIGHT POSITION AND THE SELECT SW AT LH POSITION10-4 : CONTINUITY WITH THE OPERATION SW AT DOWN POSITION AND THE SELECT SW AT LH POSITION2-4 : CONTINUITY WITH THE OPERATION SW AT RIGHT POSITION AND THE SELECT SW AT RH POSITION6-4 : CONTINUITY WITH THE OPERATION SW AT DOWN POSITION AND THE SELECT SW AT RH POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
F11 25 R 6 25 R22 27
J 2 25 R21 27
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
BJ1 34 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
BK1 34 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID 32 LEFT KICK PANEL
IE 32 RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 4 32 COWL WIRE I12 32 COWL WIRE
( S E E P A G E 2 0 )
F 1 1
AAAAA
A A A A A A A
(H IN T : S E E P A G E 7 )
1 2 3
B L U EJ 2 R 6 R 2 1 , R 2 2
1 2
X
3 4
6 X X 9 1 0
SERVICE HINTS
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
106
SHIFT LOCK
ID 212 ID 215 ID 22
ID21 1
ID BF
FR O M PO W ER SO UR CE S YSTE M (SEE PAG E 52)
OC K
C K SOLEN O ID
GR
B−
W
G−
OG
−W
−W
−W
GR
G−
BG
−B
W−
B
A
W−
B
G HT
2
1
B−
W
GR
2 3 2
1 1 1
FU SE BL
15
A C
IG
15
A E
CU
−IG
10
A S
TO
P
F1 1
STO P L ISW
S1 3
A B
A B
JU NC TIONC O NN EC TO R
JU NCTIO NCO N NE CTO R
J 3 J 6
4 5
1 3 6SHIFT LO CK ECU
GB
S14
G− R
G
G − W
L− R
L
SHIFT LO CKCO NTR O L SW
SHIFT LO C KSO LEN O ID
1
2
1 2
3
7
8
KE Y INTER LO[IG NITIO N S W]
I12
A
W−
B
JU NCTIO NCO N NE CTO R
J 7
KLS+ E
STPIGACC
P 2
P
S LS +
S LS −
P 1
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
107
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ACC POSITION THE CURRENT FROM THE CIG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE SHIFTLOCK ECU. AT THE ON POSITION, THE CURRENT FROM THE ECU- IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE SHIFT LOCK ECU.
1. SHIFT LOCK MECHANISMWITH THE IGNITION SW ON, WHEN A SIGNAL THAT BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (THE STOP LIGHT SW ON) AND A SIGNAL THATSHIFT LEVER IS PUT IN “P” POSITION (CONTINUITY BETWEEN P1 AND P OF THE SHIFT POSITION SW) IS INPUT TO THE SHIFT LOCKECU. THE SHIFT LOCK ECU OPERATES AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE SHIFT LOCK ECU → TERMINAL SLS+→ TERMINAL 2 OF THE SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID → SOLENOID → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL SLS- OF THE SHIFT LOCK ECU →TERMINAL 5 → GROUND. THIS CAUSES THE SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID TO TURN ON (PLATE STOPPER DISENGAGES), AND SHIFTLEVER CAN BE SHIFTED INTO OTHER POSITION THAN THE “P” POSITION.
2. KEY INTER LOCK MECHANISMWITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION, WHEN SHIFT LEVER IS PUT IN “P” POSITION (NO CONTINUITY BETWEEN P2 ANDP OF LOCK CONTROL SW), THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE SHIFT LOCK ECU TO THE KEY INTER LOCK SOLENOID IS CUTOFF. THIS CAUSES THE KEY INTER LOCK SOLENOID TO TURN OFF (LOCK LEVER DISENGAGES FROM LOCK POSITION), AND THEIGNITION KEY CAN BE TURNED FROM ACC TO LOCK POSITION.
S14 SHIFT LOCK ECU1-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION3-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION5-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY6-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
F11 25 J 6 25 S14 27
I12 25 J 7 25
J 3 25 S13 25
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ID2 32 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID 32 LEFT KICK PANEL
BF 34 UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX
F11
(S EE P AG E 20) A A A
A A A
(HINT : S E E PAG E 7 )
X 7 8
1 2 1 3X
4 5 6
J 3B LACKI12
BLA C KS 13 S 14
(H IN T : S EE PAG E 7)
J 6
AAAAA
A A A A A A A
B LUEJ 7
(HINT : SEE PAG E 7 )
B B B B B
BB
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
108
POWER WINDOW
1 1
1 1
B J111
BJ12 BJ15
BK 15 BK11BK12
I 3B 4
B 2
ID
2 1 6 12 513
1 2
3 4
3 4
1 3
BJ1
1
JU NC TIO NCO NN EC TO R
P O W ERR ELAY
P OEW R W IN DO W M OTO RFRO NT LH
PO WE R W IND O W M O TO RFRO N T R H
W−
B
W−
B
B R
B−
G
R−
G
L−
B
R−
G
B−
OO
W−
BW
−B
L−
B
L−
B
L− B
L− B
W − B
L− BL− B
L− B
G
FRO M PO W E R SO UR CE SYSTEM (SEE P AG E 52)
P 6
P 7 P 8
J 2
R
Y
AI 3
L L
BJ1
208
BJ25B J13
II23ID23
G −O
LL
R − G
R−
L
R−
B
R−
G
W−
B
SW
DO
OR
CO
UR
TE
SY
SW
FR
ON
T R
H
R−
B
R−
G
W−
B
D O O R LO CK C O NTR O LD 22
I12
IE
W − B
W−
B
30
A F
L P
OW
ER
10
A G
AU
GE
FU SE BLO CK
F11
JUN CTIO NCO N NEC TO
J 1
A
BJ2
6
BJ281
1
1
15
Y
W−
B
G−
O
Y
A A
+−
DO
WN
UP
DO
WN
UP
+−
FR O NT LH FR O NT RH
N O RM AL
LO C K
7 8PO W ER W IN DOW M AS TE R SW
BW B W 1
E 1 E FLU FLD FRU FRD
W IND OWLO C K S W
52 3
3 1
1
PO
WE
R W
IND
OW
SW
FR
ON
T R
H
B−
B R
L −B
4
R−
P1
1
3 1
1 1
DO
OR
CO
UR
TE
SY
F
RO
NT
LH
D1
6
D1
7
2
4
6
R ELAY
DO
WN
UP
MM
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
109
B J112 BJ115 B J116 B J117
II12 II11 II13 ID15 ID 111 ID 11
B P 12 BP11 B P13 BN12 BN 11 BN 13
I 2 I 2
R W IN DO W S WLH
PO WER W IN D O W M O TO RREA R RH
P O W ER W IND O W M O TO RR EAR LH
L− B
L− B L− B
L− B L− B
L−
B
R−
Y
B−
Y
R−
L
B−
L
L−
BL
−B
B−
YB
−L
R−
L
R−
L
B−
L
R−
L
L−
B
B−
L
L−
B
R−
Y
DO
WN
UP
1 1 91014
DO
WN
UP
R E AR R H R EAR LH
PO W E R W INDO W M ASTER SW
B−
L
R−
L
B−
Y
R−
Y
P 6
RR U R R D RL U R LD
52 3 52 3
2 1 2 1
1 4 1 4
PO W E R W IN D O W S WRE AR R H
P O W ER EA R
B R B R
P13
P10 P 9
P 12
DO
WN
UP
DO
WN
UP
MM
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
110
POWER WINDOW
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER RELAY→ TERMINAL 1 → GROUND. THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND THE CURRENT FROM FL POWER FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 4 OFTHE POWER RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINALS 7 AND 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWERWINDOW SW FRONT RH, REAR LH AND REAR RH.
1. MANUAL UP OPERATION (DRIVER’S SIDE)WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND WITH THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW (MANUAL SW) AT UP POSITION, THE CURRENTFLOWS TO TERMINALS 7 AND 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOWMOTOR FRONT LH → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 13 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TERMINALS 2 AND 1 → GROUND,CAUSING THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TO ROTATE IN THE UP DIRECTION. THE WINDOW ASCENDS ONLY WHILE THE POWERWINDOW MASTER SW IS BEING PULLED.
IN DOWN OPERATION, THE CURRENT FLOW TO TERMINALS 7 AND 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TERMINAL 13 →TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR FRONT LH → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 6 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW →TERMINALS 2 AND 1 → GROUND. ACCORDING TO THE FLOW, THE MOTOR ROTATES IN THE DOWN DIRECTION, LOWERING THEWINDOW.
2. AUTO DOWN OPERATION (DRIVER’S SIDE)WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND WITH THE AUTO DOWN SW OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IN DOWN POSITION, THECURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 7 AND 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TERMINAL 13 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWERWINDOW MOTOR FRONT LH → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 6 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TERMINALS 1 AND 2 →GROUND, CAUSING THE MOTOR TO ROTATE TOWARDS THE DOWN SIDE.
THEN THE SOLENOID IN THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IS ACTIVATED AND IT LOCKS THE AUTO SW BEING PUSHED, CAUSINGTHE MOTOR TO CONTINUE TO ROTATE IN AUTO DOWN OPERATION.
WHEN THE WINDOW HAS COMPLETELY DESCENDED, THE CURRENT BETWEEN TERMINAL 6 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SWAND TERMINALS 1 AND 2 INCREASES. AS A RESULT, THE SOLENOID STOPS OPERATING, AUTO DOWN SW TURNS OFF, AND THECURRENT FROM TERMINALS 7 AND 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW TO TERMINAL 13 IS CUT OFF, STOPPING THE MOTORSO THAT AUTO STOP OCCURS.
3. STOPPING OF AUTO DOWN AT DRIVER’S WINDOWWHEN THE MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) IS PUSHED TO THE UP SIDE DURING AUTO DOWN OPERATION, A GROUND CIRCUIT OPENS INTHE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AND THE CURRENT DOES NOT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 6 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SWTO GROUND, SO THE MOTOR STOPS, CAUSING AUTO DOWN OPERATION TO STOP. IF THE MANUAL SW IS PUSHEDCONTINUOUSLY, THE MOTOR ROTATES IN THE UP DIRECTION IN MANUAL UP OPERATION.
4. MANUAL OPERATION BY POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S SIDE)WITH THE POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) PULLED TO THE UP SIDE, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWERWINDOW SW FRONT RH FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW → TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR →TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW →TERMINALS 1 AND 2 → GROUND, CAUSING THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR FRONT RH (PASSENGER’S) TO ROTATE IN THE UPDIRECTION. UP OPERATION CONTINUES ONLY WHILE THE POWER WINDOW SW IS PULLED TO THE UP SIDE. WHEN THE WINDOWDESCENDS, THE CURRENT TO THE MOTOR FLOWS IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION, FROM TERMINAL 1 TO TERMINAL 3, AND THEMOTOR ROTATES IN REVERSE.
WHEN THE WINDOW LOCK SW IS PUSHED OUT TO THE NORMAL SIDE, THE GROUND CIRCUIT TO THE PASSENGER’S WINDOWBECOMES OPEN.
AS A RESULT, EVEN IF OPEN/CLOSE OPERATION OF THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW IS TRIED, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINALS 1AND 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IS NOT GROUNDED AND THE MOTOR DOES NOT ROTATE, SO THE PASSENGER’SWINDOW CANNOT BE OPERATED AND WINDOW LOCK OCCURS.
FURTHERMORE REAR LH, RH WINDOW OPERATE THE SAME AS THE ABOVE OPERATION.
5. KEY OFF POWER WINDOW OPERATIONWITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED FROM ON TO OFF, THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY OPERATES AND KEEPS THE CURRENTFLOW FROM FL POWER FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 15 → TERMINAL 3 OF THEPOWER RELAY → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS. THE SAME AS NORMAL OPERATION, THE CURRENT FLOWSFROM FL POWER FUSE TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 7 AND 8 OF THE POWER WINDOWMASTER SW, TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW FRONT RH. AS A RESULT, FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS AFTER THEIGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF, IT IS POSSIBLE TO RAISE AND LOWER THE WINDOW BY THE FUNCTIONING OF THIS RELAY. ALSO, BYOPENING THE FRONT DOOR (THE DOOR COURTESY SW ON) WITHIN ABOUT 60 SECONDS AFTER TURNING THE IGNITION SW TOOFF, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OR 14 OF DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE RELAY TURNS OFF, AND UPAND DOWN MOVEMENT OF THE WINDOW STOPS.
SYSTEM OUTLINE
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
111
P 6 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW7, 8-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION OR KEY OFF OPERATED1, 2-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY6-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND MASTER SW (DRIVER’S WINDOW) AT UP POSITION
13-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND MASTER SW (DRIVER’S WINDOW) AT DOWN ORAUTO DOWN POSITION
WINDOW LOCK SWOPEN WITH THE WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
D16 26 J 2 25 P10 27
D17 26 P 6 27 P11 27
D22 26 P 7 27 P12 27
F11 25 P 8 27 P13 27
J 1 25 P 9 27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ID132 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
ID232 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II132 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO 2 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II232 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BJ134 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
BJ234 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
BK1 34 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BN1 34 REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)
BP1 34 REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID 32 LEFT KICK PANEL
IE 32 RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 2 B 236 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
I 3 32 COWL WIRE B 436 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
I12
SERVICE HINTS
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
112
DOOR LOCK CONTROL
9
1 3 4
1 1
B J28 BJ14
BJ111
B K118BK117
B 4
B 5
B 2
1 7 10 11 12 9
1 2
C K
U NLO CKW ARN IN G S[IGN ITIO N S
DR
OL
SW
LH
[PM
AS
TE
R S
W]
DN
DU D
ND
U
FRO M POW ER SO URC E SYSTEM (SEE PAG E 52)
W− B
L− Y
G −R
LY
Y
R−
B
L−
Y
G−
R
W−
B
R−
B
L−
B
L−
Y
G−
R
G−
Y
G−
R
L−
Y
W−
B
W−
B
I12
P D D
B 4
3
B 6
B 7
L−
Y
W−
B
W − B
L− B
L−
B
L−
B
L−
Y
L−
B
D D C
BJ1
19
BJ2
3
BJ2
7
BJ2
6
I 7FR OM SEAT BELTW ARNIN G RELAY
R − B
G −O G− O
15
L−
B
R−
B
W−
B
Y
D 22DO O R LO CK C ONTRO L RELAY
BK120
NCTIO NN NEC TO R
BK111
IEID
W−
B
W−
B
W−
B
W−
B
J 8
G − R
L−Y
JUN CTIO NCO NNECTO R
J 7
W−
B
W − BW −B
I12
W− B
W −B
W −BB 6
W− B
W−
B
3 4
1 3
FUSE BLO
10
A G
AU
GE
30
A F
L P
OW
ER
F11
1 1
BJ120
I 3
3 4
PO
WE
RR
EL
AY
L
G−
O
L
L
JU NCTIO NCO NNEC TO R
J 1
A AY
A
A
JUC O
J 210
WW ]
4 3 1 2 2 3
OO
R L
OC
K C
ON
TO
WE
R W
IND
OW
OO
R K
EY
LO
CK
AN
LO
CK
SW
LH
OO
R K
EY
LO
CK
AN
LO
CK
SW
RH
LO
CK
UN
LO
CK
LO
CK
UN
LO
CK
UN
LO
CK
LO
CK
6 20
21
1 2
LO
CK
UN
LO
CK
23
OO
R L
OC
KO
NT
RO
L S
W R
H
A
A
A A
JUNC TIONCO NN ECTOR
8
LO CKTIM ER
KEY O FFPO WER W IN DO W
U NLO CKTIM ER
B
RLY
UL2KSW L1 UL1 L2IG
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
113
B J22
BT13
BS13
BR 24
B N18BP18BK 14
BJ114
BK 112 BK 13 BP17 B N17
BR 23
BS11
BT11
B 5 I 5 B14
B 3
I11 B14ID 1
8
II1
12
ID 1
7
B J1
13
II1
11
I14
I14
LG
L−
R
L−
W
L−
O
L−
R
L−
RL
−R
O RL
−R
L−
RL
L−
W
L−
W
L−
W
L−
WL
−W
W−
B
L−
WL
−W
L L
L−
RL
−W
L − R L−R
L− R
L− R
L− W
L− W
L− W
L− W
L− R L− R
L− W
DO
OR
LO
CK
MO
TO
R
R R
D2
4
B J13
E23ID2
3
BJ25
I 5
II23
R−
GR
−G
R−
G
R−
B
R− BR − B
R −G
R− B
D O O R CO URS W FRON T L
D 16
Y
W−
B
B 2
W − B
W − B
FRO M D IO D E(IN TE RIO R L IG H T)
1
TESYH
1
DO
OR
CO
UR
TE
SS
W F
RO
NT
RH
D1
7
6 3 4 5
−R
−O
2 14
R−
G
R−
L
DO U BLEO PER ATIO NCIRC UIT S EC UR ITY
D O O R LO CK CO N TRO L R E LAY
16
D 22
D CTY
E LSW D AC T− AC T+ LSW P
PCTY
1 2 1 2
3 4 3 4
4
2
4
2
4
2
M
L−
R
L−
RL−
L−
−W L−
W
L−
W L−
W
W −B
L−
R
DO
OR
LO
CK
MO
TO
RA
ND
DO
OR
UN
LO
CK
DE
TE
CT
ION
SW
FR
ON
T R
H
AN
D D
OO
R U
NL
OC
KD
ET
EC
TIO
N S
WF
RO
NT
LH
DO
OR
LO
CK
MO
TO
RE
AR
RH
DO
OR
LO
CK
MO
TO
RE
AR
LH
BA
CK
DO
OR
LO
CK
MO
TO
R
D2
5 D2
7
D2
6
B 7
MM MM
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
114
DOOR LOCK CONTROL
CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY THROUGH FL POWER FUSE.
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY THROUGHGAUGE FUSE.
1. MANUAL LOCK OPERATIONTO CHANGE THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW TO LOCK POSITION, A LOCK SIGNAL IS INPUT TOTERMINALS 10 OR 12 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY, CAUSING THE RELAY TO FUNCTION. THE CURRENT FLOWS FROMTERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY TO TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 2 →TERMINAL 3 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, CAUSING DOORS TO LOCK.
2. MANUAL UNLOCK OPERATIONTO CHANGE THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW TO UNLOCK POSITION, AN UNLOCK SIGNAL ISINPUT TO TERMINALS 9 OR 11 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY, CAUSING THE RELAY TO FUNCTION. THE CURRENT FLOWSFROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 4→ TERMINAL 4 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, CAUSING DOORS TO UNLOCK.
3. DOUBLE OPERATION UNLOCK OPERATIONWHEN THE DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW (DRIVER’S) IS TURNED TO THE UNLOCK SIDE, ONLY THE DRIVER’S DOOR ISMECHANICALLY UNLOCKED. TURNING THE DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW (DRIVER’S) TO THE UNLOCK SIDE CAUSES ASIGNAL TO BE INPUT TO TERMINAL 9 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY, AND IF THE SIGNAL IS INPUT AGAIN WITHIN 3SECONDS BY TURNING THE SWITCH TO THE UNLOCK SIDE AGAIN, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE DOOR LOCKCONTROL RELAY TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROLRELAY → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, CAUSING THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR TO OPERATE TO UNLOCK THE DOORS.
4. IGNITION KEY REMINDER OPERATION
* OPERATING DOOR LOCK KNOB (OPERATION OF DOOR LOCK MOTORS)
WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN EITHER FRONT DOOR IS OPENED AND LOCKED USINGDOOR LOCK KNOB (DOOR LOCK MOTOR), THE DOOR IS LOCKED ONCE BUT EACH DOOR IS UNLOCKED SOON BY THEFUNCTION OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCKCONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE DOORLOCK CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, CAUSING ALL THE DOORS TO UNLOCK.
* OPERATING DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR DOOR KEY LOCK SW
WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN EITHER FRONT DOOR IS OPENED AND LOCKED USINGDOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR KEY SW, THE DOOR IS LOCKED ONCE BUT EACH DOOR IS UNLOCK SOON BY THE FUNCTION OFSW CONTAINED IN MOTORS, WHICH THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 6 (DRIVER’S) OR 5 (PASSENGER’S) OF THE DOOR LOCKCONTROL RELAY. ACCORDING TO THIS INPUT SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROLRELAY TO TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE DOOR LOCKCONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, CAUSING ALL THE DOORS TO UNLOCK.
* IN CASE OF KEY LESS LOCK
WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN THE CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN THE UNLOCK FUNCTION IS DISTURBED MORETHAN 0.2 SECOND, FOR EXAMPLE PUSHING THE DOOR LOCK KNOB ETC., THE DOOR HOLDS ON LOCK CONDITION. AFTERCLOSING THE DOOR, THE DOOR COURTESY SW INPUTS THE SIGNAL INTO TERMINAL 2 OR 14 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROLRELAY. BY THIS INPUT SIGNAL, THE ECU WORKS AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROLRELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE DOOR LOCKCONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, CAUSING ALL THE DOORS TO UNLOCK.
SYSTEM OUTLINE
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
115
D22 DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY16-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY2-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN8-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS3-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS 0.2 SECONDS WITH FOLLOWING OPERATION
* DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW UNLOCKED* DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER AND DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN(IGNITION KEY REMINDER FUNCTION)* DOOR LOCK KNOB LOCKED WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER AND DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN(IGNITION KEY REMINDER FUNCTION)* UNLOCKING THE DRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S DOOR CYLINDER WITH KEY
4-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS 0.2 SECONDS WITH FOLLOWING OPERATION* DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED* LOCKING THE DRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S DOOR CYLINDER WITH KEY
10-GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED14-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE PASSENGER’S DOOR OPEN6-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE DRIVER’S DOOR LOCK KNOB UNLOCKED5-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK KNOB UNLOCKED
11-GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW UNLOCKED, PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKEDWITH KEY
1-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION9-GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH THE DRIVER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY
12-GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH THE DRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEYI12 UNLOCK WARNING SW [IGNITION SW]
10-9 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDERD20, D21 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW LH, RH
2-3 : CLOSED WITH THE DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY1-3 : CLOSED WITH THE DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY
D16, D17 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH, RH1-GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE FRONT DOOR OPEN
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
B 7 26 D23 26 I12 25
D16 26 D24 26 J 1 25
D17 26 D25 26 J 2 25
D20 26 D26 26 J 7 25
D21 26 D27 26 J 8 25
D22 26 F11 25 P 6 27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ID132 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
ID232 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II132 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO 2 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II232 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BJ134 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
BJ234 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
BK1 34 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BN1 34 REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)
BP1 34 REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)
BR2 34 LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
BS1 34 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT REAR SIDE OF ROOF)
BT1 36 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID 32 LEFT KICK PANEL
IE 32 RIGHT KICK PANEL
SERVICE HINTS
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
116
DOOR LOCK CONTROL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E23 30 B 2
I 3 B 336 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
I 5 B 436 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
I 732
COWL WIRE B 5
I1132
B 636 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE
I12 B 736 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE
I14 B14 36 FLOOR WIRE
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
117
AUTO ANTENNA
IF112 IF113
IE
35
GR G R
− B W −B
L
L−
Y
L
L−
Y
W−
B
FRO M PO W ER SO U RC E SYSTEM (S EE PAG E 52)
FU SE B LO CK
AUTO AN TECO N TRO L S
A UTO ANTENN AM O TO R
JUN C TC O NN
A21
A 8
J 8
F11
1
2
IF1
3G R
J 3
JU NC TIO NC ON NEC TO R
IF1
4
A A
2
4
W
NN AW
UP
DO
WN
A
A
IO NEC TO R
1 2M
15
A C
IG
A21 AUTO ANTENNA SW4-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION2-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A 8 22 F11 25 J 8 25
A21 24 J 3 25
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IF1 32 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IE 32 RIGHT KICK PANEL
1
2 2 3 4 5A A
A A
(HIN T : S EE PAG E 7 )
A
A
AAAAA
A A A A A A A
(H IT : S EE PA G E 7)
G R AYA 8 BLA CKA 21 J 3 B LUEJ 8F 11
(S EE PAG E 20)
SERVICE HINTS
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
118
POWER SEATFRO M PO W ER SO UR C E SYSTEM (SEE PA GE 52)
4
I 4
ID 210
1
P20PO W ER SEAT M O TO R(DR IVER ’ S SEAT SL ID E CO N TR OL )
P19PO W ER S EAT M O TO R(D RIVER ’ S S E AT REC LIN IN G C O N TROL)
P16PO W ER SE AT M O TO R(DR IVE R’ S SEA T FRO NT VER TIC AL CO NTR OL)
P18PO W E R SEA T M O TO R(D RIVER ’ S S EAT RE AR V ERTICAL C O N TRO L)
P 17P O W ER SE AT M O TO R(D RIVE R’ S SE AT LUM BAR SU PPO R T CON TRO L)
3
BF
L L
W − B
LL
L−
BL
−B
W−
BW
−B
FUSE BLO CK
F11
3
10
1 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 2
5 8 94 7 12 11 2 6 3 1
R G
R−
L
G−
L
R−
B
G−
B
R−
Y
G−
Y
G
R−
W
PO W ER SE AT C O NTRO L SW (DR IVE R’ S SEA T)P14
30
A F
L P
OW
ER
RE
AR
FR
ON
T
RE
AR
FR
ON
T
DO
WN
UP
DO
WN
UP
RE
AR
FR
ON
T
SLID E R EC LIN IN G FR O NT V ER TICA L R EA R VER TIC AL LUM BA R SU PPO R T
MMMMM
Bc1
Bc1
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
119
L
W −B
II26
1
P24PO WER S EAT M OTOR(PASSENG ER’ S S EAT SLIDE CO NTROL)
P23PO WER SEAT M O TO R(PASSENGER’ S SEAT REC LIN ING CO NTROL)
P21POWER SEAT M OTO R(PASSE NGER ’ S S EAT FRO NT V ERTICAL CON TRO L)
P22PO WER SEAT M O TOR(PASSENGER’ S SEAT REAR VERTICAL CO NTRO L)
3
L−
BL
−B
W−
B
BM 1
3
10
1 2 1 2 2 1 1 2
5 89 4 7 12 11 2 6
R G
R−
L
G−
L
R−
B
G−
B
R−
Y
G−
Y
W−
B
PO W ER SEAT C ONTRO L SW (PASSENG ER’ S SEAT)P15
RE
AR
FR
ON
T
RE
AR
FR
ON
T
DO
WN
UP
DO
WN
UP
SL IDE RECLINING FRO NT VERTICA L REAR V ER TICAL
MM MM
Bj1
Bj1
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
120
POWER SEAT
P14 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (DRIVER’S SEAT)10-5 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT AT FRONT SLIDE OPERATION10-8 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT AT REAR SLIDE OPERATION10-4 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT AT FRONT RECLINING OPERATION10-7 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT AT REAR RECLINING OPERATION10-12 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT AT FRONT VERTICAL UP OPERATION10-11 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT AT FRONT VERTICAL DOWN OPERATION10-2 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT AT REAR VERTICAL UP OPERATION10-6 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT AT REAR VERTICAL DOWN OPERATION10-3 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT AT LUMBAR SUPPORT FRONT OPERATION10-1 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT AT LUMBAR SUPPORT REAR OPERATION9-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
P15 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (PASSENGER’S SEAT)10-5 : CLOSED WITH THE PASSENGER’S SEAT AT FRONT SLIDE OPERATION10-8 : CLOSED WITH THE PASSENGER’S SEAT AT REAR SLIDE OPERATION10-4 : CLOSED WITH THE PASSENGER’S SEAT AT FRONT RECLINING OPERATION10-7 : CLOSED WITH THE PASSENGER’S SEAT AT REAR RECLINING OPERATION10-12 : CLOSED WITH THE PASSENGER’S SEAT AT FRONT VERTICAL UP OPERATION10-11 : CLOSED WITH THE PASSENGER’S SEAT AT FRONT VERTICAL DOWN OPERATION10-2 : CLOSED WITH THE PASSENGER’S SEAT AT REAR VERTICAL UP OPERATION10-6 : CLOSED WITH THE PASSENGER’S SEAT AT REAR VERTICAL DOWN OPERATION9-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
F11 25 P17 28 P21 28
P14 28 P18 28 P22 28
P15 28 P19 28 P23 28
P16 28 P20 28 P24 28
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ID2 32 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II2 32 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BM1 34 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE)
Bc1 38 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)
Bl1 38 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE PASSENGER’S SEAT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
BF 34 UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 4 32 COWL WIRE
SERVICE HINTS
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
121
ABSBrought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
122
ABS
2
E 8
M
E23
A1 B2 B4
B23 B24 B11 B1 B13 B26 B18 B6
B
6
A2 A4 A3 B1 B5
A4 B1 B4 B3 B2 B5 A3 A1
B2 B15 B9 B2 2 B10 B16 B3
I 3
I 3
ID IE
2
1
B −L
B− R
W −B
B−
W
W−
B
B−
WB
−W
R−
L
B−
R
G
G−
Y
G−
B L LG
L−
R
L−
Y
L−
W
B−
R
W−
B
GN D G N D FL+ FL− FSS FR + FR−
BS S FR SFL SR R A ST M T BM G ND
R −L
FR O M PO W ER SO U RC E SYS TEM (SEE P AG E 52)
60AABS
AB S RE LA Y
A BS A CTU ATO R
ABS E C U
M R R− SR SFR S FL S RR AS T M T
(SHIELD ED) (SH IELD ED )
BR
BR
V P B Y
W−
B
BR
BR
W B
W B
W B
A BS S PEEDS EN SO R FR ON TLH
ABS S PEEDSEN SO R FR O NTRH
A 23 A24
EA32 EA 31 IH120
BA 6 , A 7A
BA 4 , A 5A
BA12 , A 13A
Bd 12 Bd 14 Bd 11 B d 13
Be 11 B e 12
B− W
B −W
+BM +BS WGN D
M R R− SR B SBM
12 21
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
123
I 5
A15 B5 A13 B19 A6 B25 B12 A12 A3 A10
A1 A9 A7 A16 A8 A14
I 3
B31
B24
ID
FR OM PO W ER SO URC E SYSTEM (SEE PAG E 52)
3 2 2 3
1 1 1 1
R−L
B−W
RL− R L+ RSS R R− RR + PKB
(SH IE LDED) (SHIELD ED)
B−
W
GR
−R
B−
Y
O
P−
B
GR
−R
B−
Y
OO
G−
O
B−
R
Y
Y−
B
Y−
R
W−
B
B−
W
G−
W
Y
Y−
B
Y−
R
10
A S
TO
P
10
A E
CU
−B
15
A E
CU
−IG
10
A G
AU
GE
FU
SE
BL
OC
K
DATA LIN K
CO
MB
INA
TIO
N M
ET
ER
F1
1
D 1
ABS ECU
ST
OP
LIG
HT
SW
S1
3
TS TC W EXI STP BAT +B GS1 G S2 G ST
BF
(SH IE LDED)
(SH IE LDED)
(SH IE LDED)
(SHIELD ED)
(SHIELD ED)
(SHIELD ED)
W R G L
W R G L
W R G L
W R
Y−
G
L
R−
B
W−
B
E FLUID
IN G SW
PARKIBRAKE
P 4
ABS SPEED SEN SORREAR LH
ABS S PEED SENSO RR EAR RH
A2
BC
10
, C
11
AIH123IH 111IH 113
ID314 ID 313 ID312
BA12 , A13A
ID 32 ID311 ID34 ID35
Bh1
16 11 22
23
TS TC
W B
W A
CO NN EC TOR 1
1
2
3 2 1 6
4
GS1 GS2 GS T G ND
IG
ABS DECELER ATIO N SEN SORA22
B
B
JU
NC
TIO
NC
ON
NE
CT
OR
J 6
I 6
1
R−
BR
−W
W−
B
RA KEVELARN
NG SW
1
A
A
2
1
BLW
B
21 21
5 A26
E 1
4 A 2 B
16
TO CENTER
P−B
AB
S
CE
NT
ER
DIF
F.
LOC
K
A5
IDE
BQ2 BQ2 BQ2 BQ2 BQ2
Bh1 Bh1 Bh1 Bh1
ID2
Bf1 Bf1 Bg1 Bg1
I12
IE EC
W B
W B
BR
−B
R−B
W−
B
JU
NC
TIO
NC
ON
NE
CT
OR
J 1
A
A
YY
ID2
15
D FF. LOCKNDICATOR SW
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 2
9
3
245 16
234 15
121 2
P−
B
BR−B
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
124
ABS
THIS SYSTEM CONTROLS THE RESPECTIVE BRAKE FLUID PRESSURES ACTING ON THE DISC BRAKE CYLINDERS OF THE RIGHT FRONTWHEEL. LEFT FRONT WHEEL AND REAR WHEELS WHEN THE BRAKES ARE APPLIED IN A PANIC STOP SO THAT THE WHEELS DO NOTLOCK. THIS RESULTS IN IMPROVED DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND STEERABILITY DURING PANIC BRAKING.
1. INPUT SIGNAL
(1) SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
THE TOP SPEED OF THE WHEELS IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO TERMINALS FL+, FR+, RL+ AND RR+ OF THE ABS ECU.
(2) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL
A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL STP OF THE ABS ECU WHEN BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED.
(3) PARKING BRAKE SW SIGNAL
A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL PKB OF THE ABS ECU WHEN THE PARKING BRAKE SW IS ON.
(4) DECELERATION SENSOR SIGNAL
THE DEGREE OF VEHICLE DECELERATION IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO TERMINAL GS1, GS2 AND GST OF THE ABS ECU.
(5) TRANSFER CONTROL SIGNAL
WHILE THE TRANSFER SHIFT LEVER IS IN L4 POSITION, THE CENTER DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR SW DETECTS A SIGNAL OFCENTER DIFF. LOCK AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL EXI OF THE ABS ECU.
2. SYSTEM OPERATION(TRANSFER L4 POSITION)
WHEN THE TRANSFER SHIFT LEVER IS MOVED TO L4 POSITION, THE CENTER DIFF. IS LOCKED, THEN THE ABS IS NOT INOPERATION AND THE ABS WARNING LIGHT IS LIGHTED UP.
(TRANSFER EXCEPT L4 POSITION)
DURING SUDDEN BRAKING, THE ABS ECU WHICH HAS SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR, CONTROLS THE CURRENT TO THESOLENOID INSIDE THE ACTUATOR, AND CAUSES THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON EACH WHEEL CYLINDER ESCAPE TO THERESERVOIR. THE PUMP INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IS ALSO OPERATING AT THIS TIME, AND IT RETURNS THE BRAKE FLUID FROM THERESERVOIR TO THE MASTER CYLINDER, PREVENTING LOCKING OF THE VEHICLE WHEELS. IF THE ECU JUDGES THAT THE HYDRAULICPRESSURE ACTING ON THE WHEEL CYLINDER IS INSUFFICIENT, THE CURRENT ACTING ON THE SOLENOID IS CONTROLLED AND THEHYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS INCREASED. HOLDING OF THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY THE ECU, BY THE SAMEMETHOD AS ABOVE. BY REPEATED PRESSURE, REDUCTION, HOLDING AND INCREASED ARE REPEATED TO MAINTAIN VEHICLESTABILITY AND IMPROVE STEERABILTY DURING SUDDEN BRAKING.
A12 (A), A13 (B) ABS ECU(CONNECTOR THE ECU CONNECTOR)(A) 15-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 TS-E1
NOT CONNECTED(B) 5-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 TC-E1
NOT CONNECTED(B) 1-GROUND :(B) 6-GROUND :(B) 18-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE ABS WARNING LIGHT GOES OFF(B) 26-GROUND :(B) 13-GROUND :(B) 2-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY(B) 15-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY(B) 12-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION(A) 6-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED(B) 25-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS(A) 14-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING AND PARKING BRAKE LEVER RELEASED OR BRAKE FLUID
LEVEL WARNING SW ON(DISCONNECT THE ECU CONNECTOR)(B) 1-(B) 18 : APPROX. 6 Ω(B) 13-(B) 18 : APPROX. 6 Ω(B) 26-(B) 18 : APPROX. 6 Ω(B) 9-(B) 22 : 0.9-1.8 KΩ(B) 16-(B) 3 : 0.9-1.8 KΩ(B) 11- (B) 24 : 60-100 Ω(B) 23-(B) 24 : 50-80 Ω(A) 1-(A) 9 : 0.5-1.6 KΩ(A) 16-(A) 8 : 0.5-1.6 KΩ
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
125
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A 4 A 22 A23 26 D 1 22
A 5 B 22 A24 26 F11 25
A 6 A 22 A25 26 J 1 25
A 7 B 22 A26 26 J 2 25
A12 A 24 B 1 22 J 6 25
A13 B 24 C10 A 24 P 4 27
A22 26 C11 B 24 S13 25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2 18 R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA3 30 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
ID232 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
ID332 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IH1 32 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
BQ2 34 FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
Bd1 36 COWL WIRE AND SPEED CONTROL SENSOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
Be1 36 SPEED SENSOR NO. 2 WIRE AND SPEED SENSOR NO. 1 WIRE (FRONT AXLE HOUSING LH)
Bf1 36 FRAME NO. 2 WIRE AND SPEED SENSOR NO. 3 WIRE (REAR AXLE HOUSING LH)
Bg1 36 FRAME NO. 2 WIRE AND SPEED SENSOR NO. 4 WIRE (REAR AXLE HOUSING RH)
Bh1 36 FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FRAME NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EC 30 AIR INTAKE CHAMBER
ID 32 LEFT KICK PANEL
IE 32 RIGHT KICK PANEL
BF 34 UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 8 30 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE I 632 COWL WIRE
E23 30 I1232 COWL WIRE
I 332
COWL WIRE B24 36 FLAME NO. 2 WIRE
I 532
B31 36 FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
126
CRUISE CONTROL
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE CRUISE CONTROLINDICATOR LIGHT. THE CURRENT THROUGH ECU-IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 14 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU.
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON AND THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW IS TURNED ON, A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 15 OFTHE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW TO TERMINAL4 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE CRUISE CONTROL ECUFUNCTIONS AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 14 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU FLOWS TO TERMINAL 13 OF THE CRUISECONTROL ECU → GROUND, AND THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IS IN A CONDITION READY FOR OPERATION.
AT THE SAME TIME, THE CURRENT FROM THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT→ TERMINAL 9 → TERMINAL 5 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU → TERMINAL 13 → GROUND, CAUSING THE CRUISE CONTROLINDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP TO INDICATE THAT THE CRUISE CONTROL IS READY FOR OPERATION.
1. SET OPERATIONWHEN THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW IS TURNED ON AND THE SET SW IS PUSHED WITH THE VEHICLE SPEED WITHIN THE SETLIMIT (APPROX. 36 KM/H, 22 MPH TO 200 KM/H, 124 MPH), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU ANDTHE VEHICLE SPEED AT THE TIME THE SET SW IS RELEASED IS MEMORIZED IN THE ECU AS THE SET SPEED.
2. SET SPEED CONTROLDURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU COMPARES THE SET SPEED MEMORIZED IN THE CRUISECONTROL ECU WITH THE ACTUAL VEHICLE SPEED INPUT INTO TERMINAL 20 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU FROM THECOMBINATION METER, AND CONTROLS THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR TO MAINTAIN THE SET SPEED.WHEN THE ACTUAL SPEED IS LOWER THAN THE SET SPEED, THE ECU CAUSES THE CURRENT TO THE CRUISE CONTROLACTUATOR TO FLOW FROM TERMINAL 12 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU → TERMINAL 6 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR →TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 11 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE MOTOR IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR ISROTATED TO OPEN THE THROTTLE VALVE, AND THE THROTTLE CABLE IS PULLED TO INCREASE THE VEHICLE SPEED. WHEN THEACTUAL DRIVING SPEED IS HIGHER THAN THE SET SPEED, THE CURRENT TO CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR FLOWS FROMTERMINAL 11 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU → TERMINAL 7 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR → TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL12 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU.THIS CAUSES THE MOTOR IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR TO ROTATE TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VAVLE AND RETURN THETHROTTLE CABLE TO DECREASE THE VEHICLE SPEED.
3. COAST CONTROLDURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, WHILE THE COAST SW IS ON, THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR RETURNS THE THROTTLECABLE TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND DECREASE THE DRIVING SPEED. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE COAST SWITCHIS TURNED OFF IS MEMORIZED, AND THE VEHICLE CONTINUES AT THE NEW SET SPEED.
4. ACCEL CONTROLDURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, WHILE THE ACCEL SW IS TURNED ON, THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR PULLS THETHROTTLE CABLE TO OPEN THE THROTTLE VALVE AND INCREASE THE DRIVING SPEED. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE ACCELSW IS TURNED OFF IS MEMORIZED, AND THE VEHICLE CONTINUES AT THE NEW SET SPEED.
5. RESUME CONTROLUNLESS THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS BELOW THE MINIMUM SPEED LIMIT (APPROX. 40 KM/H, 25 MPH) AFTER CANCELING THE SETSPEED BY THE CANCEL SW, PUSHING THE RESUME SW WILL CAUSE THE VEHICLE TO RESUME THE SPEED SET BEFORECANCELLATION.
6. MANUAL CANCEL MECHANISMIF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH OF THEACTUATOR MOTOR TURNS OFF, THE MOTOR ROTATES TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE, AND THE CRUISE CONTROL ISRELEASED.
∗ PLACING THE IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION. “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU”
∗ DEPRESSING BRAKE PEDAL (STOP LIGHT SW ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 16 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU”
∗ PUSH THE CANCEL SW (CANCEL SW ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU”
∗ PUSH THE MAIN SWITCH (MAIN SW OFF) “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU”
SYSTEM OUTLINE
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
127
7. AUTO CANCEL FUNCTIONA) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED ISERASED, THE CURRENT FLOW TO MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS STOPPED, AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (MAIN SW TURNSOFF).
WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE IGNITION SW MUST BE TURNED OFF ONCE BEFORE THE MAIN SWITCH WILL TURN ON.
∗ OVER CURRENT TO TRANSISTER DRIVING MOTOR AND/OR MAGNETIC CLUTCH.
∗ WHEN CURRENT CONTINUED TO FLOW TO THE MOTOR INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IN THE THROTTLE VALVE “OPEN” DIRECTION.
∗ OPEN CIRCUIT IN MAGNETIC CLUTCH.
∗ MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION OF VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL.
∗ SHORT CIRCUIT IN CRUISE CONTROL SW.
∗ MOTOR DOES NOT OPERATE DESPITE THE MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL BEING OUTPUT.
B) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED IS ERASED, ANDTHE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (THE POWER OF MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS CUT OFF UNTIL THE SET SW IS “ON” AGAIN.)
∗ WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS BELOW THE MINIMUM SPEED LIMIT, APPROX. 40 KM/H (25 MPH)
∗ WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS MORE THAN 16 KM/H (10 MPH) BELOW THE SET SPEED, E.G. ON AN UPWARD SLOPE.
∗ WHEN POWER TO THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IS MOMENTARILY CUT OFF.
8. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION CONTROL FUNCTION∗ IN OVERDRIVE, IF THE VEHICLE SPEED BECOMES LOWER THAN THE OVERDRIVE CUT SPEED (SET SPEED MINUS APPROX. 4KM/H, 2.5 MPH) DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, SUCH AS DRIVING UP A HILL, THE OVERDRIVE IS RELEASED AND THEPOWER INCREASED TO PREVENT A REDUCTION IN VEHICLE SPEED.
∗ AFTER RELEASING THE OVERDRIVE, VEHICLE SPEED BECOMES HIGHER THAN THE OVERDRIVE RETURN SPEED (SET SPEEDMINUS APPROX. 2 KM/H, 1.2 MPH), THE ECU JUDGES BY THE SIGNALS FROM POTENTIONMETER OF THE ACTUATOR THAT THEUPWARD SLOPE HAS FINISHED, AND OVERDRIVE IS RESUMED AFTER APPROXIMATELY 6 SECONDS.
∗ DURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, THE CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM THE CRUISE CONTROL ECUTO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ECU UPON RECEIVING THIS SIGNAL, SO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ECU CHANGES THESHIFT PATTERN TO NORMAL.
TO MAINTAIN SMOOTH CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION (ON A DOWNWARD SLOPE, ETC.), LOCK-UP RELEASE OF THETRANSMISSION WHEN THE IDLING POINT OF THE THROTTLE POSITION IS “ON” IS FORBIDDEN.
C4 CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR1-3 : APPROX. 2 KΩ5-4 : APPROX. 38.5 Ω
C17 CRUISE CONTROL ECU14-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION15-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS20-GROUND : 4 PULSE WITH 1 ROTATION OF ROTOR SHAFT18-GROUND : APPROX. 418 Ω WITH THE CANCEL SW ON IN THE CONTROL SW
APPROX. 68 Ω WITH THE RES/ACC SW ON IN THE CONTROL SWAPPROX. 198 Ω WITH THE SET/COAST SW ON IN THE CONTROL SW
4-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE MAIN SW ON IN THE CONTROL SW13-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
SERVICE HINTS
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
128
CRUISE CONTROL
3 3 2
4
3 2 1 7 6 5
IH 111
I 1
ID
BR
BR
Y−
R
B−
G
Y−
L
Y−
G
Y
L−
R
G−
W
RR
−G
G−
W
G−
W
B−
W
G−
Y
−Y
G−
O
B−
W
YY
B− W
G −O
FR O M PO WER SO UR C E SYS TEM (SEE PA G E 52)
JU NCTIOCO NN EC
TO
ST
OP
LIG
HT
S
C R UISE CO N TRO L AC TUA TO R
C RU ISE C ON TR O L SW[C O M B. SW ]
C 4
J 6
I 5
BR
BR
−B
E NG INE C O NTR O L M O D ULE
CE 4 , E 5A
B−
R
L−
W
2
D, E 7
IH 119IH215
−W−R
A
JU NC TIO NC ON NE CT
J 1
1
IO N
I12
IE
W−
B
W −B W − B
FU SEB LO C K
15
A E
CU
−IG
10
A G
AU
GE
10
A S
TO
P
F1 1
1 1 1 1
10
A E
CU
−B
AM
1S
T1
4
IG NITS W
I12
G1
AC
C
A
O R
11
B
9
5
B
B−
Y
NTO R
DA
TA
L
CR
UIS
E C
ON
TO
RL
IND
ICA
TO
R L
IGH
T[C
OM
B.
ME
TE
R]
D 1
C1
0
D18 A9
R−
Y CC1
3
C11
G−
W
OD
1
IDL
S2
ET
ER
3
S PD
OM
BIN
AT
ION
M
TO
R 1
INK
CO
NN
EC
TC
13 4 18 26 25 24 11 12 10 16
14 8 9 5 2
B
CR UISE CO NTR OL ECU
LVR1V R2VR3CCS
B O D
C17
22 15
B ATT
2023
GG
G N D STP−
TC ECT IDL PI N& C
C M S M C M O
S PD
4 1
3 2
L
CR
UIS
E C
ON
TR
OL
ST
OP
SW
[ST
OP
LIG
HT
SW
]
S1
3
2 0
15 5
MA
IN
CA
NC
EL
SE
T/
CO
AS
T
RE
SU
ME
/A
CC
EL
C 15
C M S C CS
EPM
W
A
JUNC TIO NC O NN EC TO R
J 2
A
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
129
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C 4 22 D 1 22 I12 25
C10 24 E 4 A 24 J 1 25
C13 24 E 5 C 24 J 2 25
C15 24 E 7 D 24 J 6 25
C17 24 F11 25 S13 25
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IH132 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
IH232 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID 32 LEFT KICK PANEL
IE 32 RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 132 COWL WIRE
I12 32 COWL WIRE
I 532 COWL WIRE
4
21
3 5
6 7
5 3 X
X X
X X 15 X 20
5 X
X X
2 4 5 X X 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16X 18 X 20 X 22 23 24 25
26 X
X X 11
X X X X
X
X
18
X
11
9
X
A A A
A A A
AAAAA
A A A A A A A B B
B B B B B 1
3
2
4
A D AR K G RAYE 4 C DA RK G RAYE 5 D DAR K GR AYE 7
C 4 GRAY C 10 G RAY C13
D 1 BLACKC 17 G RAYC15 BL AC K
F11
S13 BLA CKJ 6J 2 BLU EJ 1
(S EE PAG E 20)
(HIN T : S EE PAGE 7 )
(H INT : SEE PAG E 7)
(HINT : SEE PA GE 7)
9
1
X
4
I12 BLACK
X X
X
X
X
X
X X
X
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
130
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION
EA 33 E A26
2
2
2
1
D14 D9
D18 B2 B8 A1 0 A9 A8
2
E C13
IH124
E C14
E C 21 EC 22 EC 23E C 24E C25
2
WB
−L
G−
O
V
V−
G
R−
L
R−
Y
RR
R−
Y
R−
L
V
V−
G
B−
L
G−
W
B
G−
O
YY
B−
LB
−L
BWW
1
2
9
3
4
1
Y
B− Y
50AA M 1
FL
AM
1 1
. 2
5B
FL
MA
IN 2
. 0
L
E 2
V 2
2
EL EC TR O N ICA LLYC O N TR O LLEDTR AN SM IS SIO NSO LEN O ID
CR U IS E C ON TR O LEC U
VE
HIC
LE
SP
EE
D S
EN
SO
R( E
LE
CT
RO
NIC
AL
LY
CO
NT
RO
LL
ED
TR
AN
SM
ISS
ION
)
B ATTE RY
FU
SIB
LE
LIN
K
E NG IN E C O N TR O L M O D U LE
CE 4 , E 5A
O D1 SP 2+ SP 2− S 1 S 2 SL
L4S TP
R A NS FER L4O SITIO N SW
SEO C K
ST
OP
LIG
HT
SW
C1 A1
W
B − Y
BF
6,
F 7
A
B, E 6 D, E 7
4
1 1
D2 2
FL
AM
2 0
. 3
P
B1
E A 23
15 AEFI
FR O M P O W E R S O U R CE SYS TEM(S EE P A GE 52)
2
1 4
3 2
2 2
2 2
E B 11
E B
D12D3
B − R
B − W
B −R
Y
B−
W
Y−
R
Y−
R
BRR
R
R−
Y
W−
RW
−R
2
1
N S W+BM RLY
W−
R
BR
C,
F 8
EF
I M
AIN
RE
LA
Y
EA27 IH 122
2
1
6A M 2
A M 1
A CC
IG 1
S T1
IG 2
IG N ITIO N S W
I12
2
10
A S
TO
P
F11
FUB L
2
T
TP
1
2
S1
3
C17
O D
1
1 2 3
NO
. 1
NO
. 2
NO
. 3
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
131
AND A/T INDICATOR
I12
D20 D8
A24
EC
BR
−B
P−
B
I 4
B−
Y
B−
Y
1 1
Y
P− B
Y
B− Y
CE 4 , E 5A
PW R SPD
E1
ENG IN E CO NTRO L M O DULE
F11
FUSE BL
Y
IH16
D1
1
ID215
B−
W
Y
B−
W
W
Y
P−
B
B−
L
AB
B
ID3
6
IH 2
11
A3
OBR O
P− B
B− R
IG SW HO LD
B, E 6 D, E 7
ELECTR ONICALLY CO NTRO LLEDTRAN SMISSIO N PATTERNSELECT SW
E 9
JUN
CT
ION
JUN
CT
ION
J
1
J 6
NTOR
2 1 1
A19 C4 C12 C9 C11 C10 C1
E16
E16
E20B R−BBR− B
R−
G
G−
B
G−
W
BR
−B
R−
WB
R−
BB
R−
B
BR
−B
BR
−B
R−
W
G−
Y
THG TH W O IL E2 ID L VTA VCC
E T A TE A
OTTLEITIO NSO R
A16 A26 A13
I18
I18
E01E02E03B
RB
RB
R
BR
BR
ID31
ID 216
E18
YL−W
2 3
OCK
3
Y
B−
W
AB
BY
Y
CO
NN
EC
TO
R
CO
NN
EC
TO
R
JUNCTIOCO NNEC
J 4
65
3 2
1 2 2
EG
R G
AS
TE
MP
. S
EN
SO
R
NG
INE
CO
OL
AN
TE
MP
. S
EN
SO
R
/T F
LU
IDE
MP
. S
EN
SO
R
E 1
3 3
2 3 4
VCVTAIDL
1 E2
THRPO SSEN
T 1
A
7.
5A
IG
N
10
A G
AU
GE
15
A E
CU
−IG
PW R
2˙
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
132
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION
7 8 10 9 2 3
4
IH26 IH 17 IH 25 IH24 IH 23 IH 22
ID222
I 6
I12
I12
I12
I 9
4
2
BF ID
D17 D16 D15
D19
A
Y
P−B
G − W
O
R− B
R−
L
R−
B
R−
W
B−
O
G−
R
OG
−W
O
B−
O
R−
W
R−
B
R−
LR
−L
R−
L
P−
B
Y
R−
L
R−
B
R−
W
B−
O
O
G−
W
W−
BW
−B
P−
LP
−L
W−
B
P−
L
Y
A /T INDIC ATO R SW[PAR K/N EU TR A L P OS ITIO N SW]
P 1
PW
R
O/D
OF
F
P R N D 2 L
C O M BINA TIO N M ETER
JU N CTIO NC O NN EC TO R
J 7
L 2 R
O D2
EN
GIN
E C
ON
TR
OL
MO
DU
LE
O /DM AINSW
O 4
Y
A8 B9 B13 B3 B4 B5 B7 B10 B11
A/T
P
A7
D21
B8 B6
Y−
L
I11
P−
L
Y− L
TFN
CE
4,
E 5
A
AC 12 , C 13B
TO
TR
AN
SF
ER
NE
UT
RA
LP
OS
ITIO
N S
W
A18
B12
IH 2
12
R−
W
P− L
R− WR− W
R − L
2nd
ST
RT
H I
A
B,
E 6
D,
E 7
R− BTO BAC K− U PLIG HT
Y−
L
L−
W
A3
A1
L− W
BR
P R N D 2 L
B
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
133
AND A/T INDICATOR
PREVIOUS AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION HAVE SELECTED EACH GEAR SHIFT USING MECHANICALLY CONTROLLED THROTTLEHYDRAULIC PRESSURE, GOVERNOR HYDRAULIC PRESSURE AND LOCK-UP HYDRAULIC PRESSURE. THE ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION, HOWEVER, ELECTRICALLY CONTROLS THE GOVERNOR PRESSURE AND LOCK-UP PRESSURETHROUGH THE SOLENOID VALVE. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE OF THE SOLENOID VALVE BASED ON THE INPUT SIGNALSFROM EACH SENSOR MAKES SMOOTH DRIVING POSSIBLE BY SHIFT SELECTION FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS MOST APPROPRIATETO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS AT THAT TIME.
1. GEAR SHIFT OPERATIONDURING DRIVING, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE SELECTS THE SHIFT FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS MOST APPROPRIATE TO THEDRIVING CONDITIONS, BASED ON INPUT SIGNALS FROM THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR TO TERMINAL THW OF THEENGINE CONTROL MODULE, AND ALSO THE INPUT SIGNALS TO TERMINAL SP2+ OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE FROM THEVEHICLE SPEED SENSOR DEVOTED TO THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION. THE CURRENT IS THEN OUTPUT TOTHE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOIDS. WHEN SHIFTING TO 1ST SPEED, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROMTERMINAL S1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSIONSOLENOID → GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TO THE NO. 1 SOLENOID CAUSES THE SHIFT. FOR 2ND SPEED, THE CURRENT FLOWSFROM TERMINAL S1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSIONSOLENOIDS → GROUND AND FROM TERMINAL S2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 AND NO. 2, SOLENOIDS CAUSES THE SHIFT. FOR3RD SPEED, THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 SOLENOID, ONLY TO NO. 2, CAUSING THE SHIFT. SHIFTING INTO 4TH SPEED(OVERDRIVE) TAKES PLACE WHEN THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO EITHER NO. 1 OR NO. 2 SOLENOID.
2. LOCK-UP OPERATIONWHEN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE JUDGES FROM EACH SIGNAL THAT LOCK-UP OPERATION CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN MET,THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL SL OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND, CAUSING CONTINUITY TO THE LOCK-UP SOLENOID AND CAUSINGLOCK-UP OPERATION.
3. STOP LIGHT SW CIRCUITIF THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) WHEN DRIVING IN LOCK-UP CONDITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TOTERMINAL STP OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, AND THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE OPERATES AND CONTINUITY TO THELOCK-UP SOLENOID IS CUT.
4. OVERDRIVE CIRCUIT
* O/D MAIN SW ON
WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED ON (SW POINT IS OPEN), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL OD2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROLMODULE, AND ENGINE CONTROL MODULE OPERATION CAUSES GEAR SHIFT WHEN THE CONDITIONS FOR OVERDRIVE AREMET.
* O/D MAIN SW OFF
WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED OFF (SW POINT IS CLOSED), THE CURRENT FROM THE O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT FLOWSTHROUGH THE O/D MAIN SW TO GROUND, CAUSING THE INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME, A SIGNAL IS INPUTTO TERMINAL OD2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, AND THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE OPERATION PREVENTS SHIFTINTO OVERDRIVE.
5. ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW CIRCUITIF THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW IS CHANGED FROM NORMAL TO POWER, THECURRENT THROUGH THE POWER INDICATOR FLOWS TO GROUND, AND FLOWS TO TERMINAL PWR OF THE ENGINE CONTROLMODULE, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE OPERATES, AND SHIFT UP AND SHIFT DOWN OCCUR AT HIGHER VEHICLE SPEEDSTHAN WHEN THE SW IS IN NORMAL POSITION.
6. TRANSFER SHIFT OPERATIONWHEN THE TRANSFER SHIFT LEVER IS MOVED TO L4 POSITION, A SIGNAL FROM TRANSFER L4 POSITION SW IS INPUT TO THETERMINAL L4 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, THEN SHIFT TO L4 OCCURS.
SYSTEM OUTLINE
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
134
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION
E 4 (A), E 5 (C), E 6 (B), E 7 (D) ENGINE CONTROL MODULESTP -GND : 7.5- 14.0 VOLTS WITH BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED
0- 1.5 VOLTS WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL IS RELEASEDTFN -GRD : 0- 3.0 VOLTS WITH THE TRANSFER POSITION AT N POSITION
9.0- 14.0 VOLTS WITH THE TRANSFER POSITION AT EXCEPT N POSITIONOD2 -GRD : 0- 3.0 VOLTS WITH THE O/D MAIN SW TURNED ON
9.0- 14.0 VOLTS WITH THE O/D MAIN SW TURNED OFFOD1 -GND : 9.0- 14.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ONSP2+ -SP2- : PULSE GENERATION WITH VEHICLE MOVINGSPD -GND : PULSE GENERATION WITH VEHICLE MOVINGIDL -GND : 0- 3.0 VOLTS WITH THE THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED
9.0- 14.0 VOLTS WITH THE THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPENVTA -GND : 3.5- 4.5 VOLTS WITH THE THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED
2.5- 3.5 VOLTS WITH THE THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN2 -GND : 7.5- 14.0 VOLTS WITH THE SHIFT LEVER AT 2 POSITION
0- 1.5 VOLTS WITH THE SHIFT LEVER AT EXCEPT 2 POSITIONL -GND : 7.5- 14.0 VOLTS WITH THE SHIFT LEVER AT L POSITION
0- 1.5 VOLTS WITH THE SHIFT LEVER AT EXCEPT L POSITIONR -GND : 7.5- 14.0 VOLTS WITH THE SHIFT LEVER AT R POSITION
0- 1.5 VOLTS WITH THE SHIFT LEVER AT EXCEPT R POSITIONPWR -GND : 7.5- 14.0 VOLTS WITH THE PATTERN SELECT SW AT PWR POSITION
0- 1.5 VOLTS WITH THE PATTERN SELECT SW AT NORMAL POSITIONL4 -GND : 7.5- 14.0 VOLTS WITH THE TRANSFER POSITION AT L4 POSITION
0- 1.5 VOLTS WITH THE TRANSFER POSITION AT EXCEPT L4 POSITIONE 2 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID
1, 2, 3-GROUND : 11- 15 ΩE 9 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW
3-6 : CLOSED WITH THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW AT PWR POSITIONO 4 O/D MAIN SW
2-4 : OPEN WITH THE O/D MAIN SW AT ON POSITIONCLOSED WITH THE O/D MAIN SW AT OFF POSITION
SERVICE HINTS
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
135
AND A/T INDICATOR
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A 3 22 E 7 D 24 J 7 25
C12 B 24 E 9 26 O 4 27
C13 A 24 F 6 A 22 P 1 23
C17 24 F 7 B 22 S13 25
E 1 22 F 8 C 22 T 1 23
E 2 22 F11 25 T 2 23
E 3 22 I12 25 V 2 23
E 4 A 24 J 1 25
E 5 C 24 J 4 25
E 6 B 24 J 6 25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2 18 R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA230 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
EA330 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
EB1 30 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR THE DISTRIBUTOR)
EC130 ENGINE WIRE AND TRANSMISSION WIRE (NEAR THE STARTER)
EC230 ENGINE WIRE AND TRANSMISSION WIRE (NEAR THE STARTER)
ID232 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
ID332 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IH132 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
IH232 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EB 30 FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER
EC 30 AIR INTAKE CHAMBER
ID 32 KEFT KICK PANEL
BF 34 UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E16 I 9
E18 30 ENGINE WIRE I11 32 COWL WIRE
E20
30 ENGINE WIRE
I12
32 COWL WIRE
I 432 COWL WIRE
I18 32 ENGINE WIRE
I 632 COWL WIRE
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
136
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSIONBrought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
137
AND A/T INDICATORBrought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
138
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
1 1
1 1
BR22
BS12
BU11
ID 217
BT12
B R1
4
BS2
1
BX1
1
BT2
2
IE BF
A
B
3 2
3 3
1 4
1 1
A1
B1
L− OL− O
W − B W − B W − B
Y
L−
O
Y
YY
Y
L−
YL
−Y
L−
YL
−G
BB
B
W−
BW
−B
W−
B
W−
B
FR O M PO W E R SO U RCE S YSTEM (SE E PA G E 52)
FU SE BLO C K
R EAR W IN DOD EFO G G ER S
JU N CTIOC O NNE C
RE AR W IND O WDE FO G G ER
D EFO GR ELA Y
10
A G
AU
GE
20
A D
EF
OG
F11
J 4
J 8
JU N CTIC O NNE
R 5
R17
, R1 8A B
IF12
A
AJ 1
JUN CTIO NCO N NE CTO R
IF1
11
IF14
Y
B
O NCTO R
3
2
WW
6
IG D
E
A
NTO R
,
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
139
DEFOG RELAY(1) 4 - (1) 2 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THE REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SW ON
R 5 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SW2, 6-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION3-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
F11 25 J 8 25 R18 B 27
J1 25 R 5 25
J4 25 R17 A 27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ID2 32 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF1 32 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
BR134 LUGGAGE ROOM NO 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
BR234 LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
BS134 BACK DOOR NO 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO 1 WIRE (LEFT REAR SIDE OF ROOF)
BS234 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT REAR SIDE OF ROOF)
BT136 BACK DOOR NO 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)
BT236 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)
BU1 36 REAR WINDOW NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)
BX1 36 REAR WINDOW NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR RIGHT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IE 32 RIGHT KICK PANEL
BF 34 UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX
F 11
(S E E P A G E 20)
(H IN T : S E E P A G E 7) (H IN T : S E E P A G E 7 )
AAAAA
A A A A A A A
(H IN T : S E E P AG E 7 )
B LA C KR 5
J 1 B LU EJ 8J 4
BR 17 , R 18A B LA C K
B B B B
B B
B
2
3 X 6
1
A A A
A A A
SERVICE HINTS
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
140
UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNING
1
EA33
FROM PO WER SO URCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 52)
3
1 1
2
L−
Y
YY
10ADOM E
C K
BF ID
I 7
R−
B−
B
W−
B
W−
B FR
OC
ON
R−
B
DO
OR
CO
UR
TE
SY
SW
D1
6
I 1
ID23
G
A
G
CO NNECTO R
NTO R
* 1 : W / POWER SE AT* 2 : W /O POW ER SEAT
TIONNECTO R
J 3JUNCTIONC ONNECTOR
L−
Y
W− B
2
2
3 (* 2)
(* 1)
(* 2)
IE
W−
W−
ID214
G
3
FUSE B LO
10
A G
AU
GE
F11
L−
Y
10 5 YG
SEAT BELT W ARNINGLIGHT [CO M B. M ETER]
C10
A
A
A
JUNCCO N
J 1B
B
SEAT BELT W AR NING REALY
S 3
G
8 4 7 1
9 5
BUZZER
B IG
CTY BKL L− SW E
9
10
RW
−B
M D
OO
R L
OC
KT
RO
L R
EL
AY
UNLOCKW ARNING SW[IGNITIO N SW]
I12
R−
B
FR
ON
T L
H
R−
B
G
A
B 8
JU NCTIO N
J 7
W−
B
3 (* 1)
W−
B
I12
B B
2
1
BU
CK
LE
SW
LH
OC
A
A
JU NCTICON NE
J 2
B c 1
B j 1
B c 1
B j 1
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
141
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE, THROUGH TERMINAL 5 OF THE SEATBELT WARNING RELAY AND TERMINAL 5 OF THE SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT, TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE BUCKLE SW LH. IF SEATBELT IS NOT FASTENED AT THIS TIME (THE BUCKLE SW IS ON), THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE BUCKLE SW LHTO TERMINAL 2 TO GROUND, LIGHTING UP THE SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT. SIMULTANEOUSLY, A SIGNAL FROM THE BUCKLE SWLH IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY, AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY FLOWSTHROUGH TERMINAL 1 OF THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY TO GROUND, ACTIVATING THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY ANDSOUNDING SEAT BELT WARNING BUZZER FOR 4 TO 8 SECONDS. IF THE SEAT BELT IS FASTENED (THE BUCKLE SW LH IS OFF)WHILE THE BUZZER SOUNDS, THE RELAY GROUND IS CUT, THE BUZZER STOP AND THE SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT GOES OFF.
UNLOCK WARNING SYSTEMWHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO OFF AND THE DRIVER’S DOOR IS OPENED (THE DOOR COURTESY SW IS ON) WHILE THEKEY IS STILL INSERTED IN THE KEY CYLINDER (THE UNLOCK WARNING SW IS ON), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 8 OF THESEAT BELT WARNING RELAY, ACTIVATING THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY. THIS CAUSES CURRENT FROM THE DOME FUSE TOFLOW TO TERMINAL 9 OF THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, SOUNDING UNLOCK WARNING BUZZER.
B 8 BUCKLE SW LH1-2 : OPEN WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT BELT IN USE
D16 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH1-GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
S 3 SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY1-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY4-GROUND : CONTINUITY UNLESS DRIVER’S SEAT BELT IN USE5-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION7-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER8-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN9-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
I12 UNLOCK WARNING SW [IGNITION SW]10-9 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
B 8 26 I12 25 J 7 25
C10 24 J 1 25 S 3 25
D16 26 J 2 25
F11 25 J 3 25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2 18 R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA3 30 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
ID2 32 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
Bc1 38 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)
Bj1 38 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 2 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID 32 LEFT KICK PANEL
IE 32 RIGHT KICK PANEL
BF 34 UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 1 32 COWL WIRE I12 32 COWL WIRE
I 7 32 COWL WIRE
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
142
UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNINGBrought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
143
SRS
NOTICE: When inspecting or repairing the SRS, perform the operation in accordance with the followingprecautionary instructions and the procedure and precautions in the Repair Manual for the applicable modelyear.
Malfunction symptoms of the supplemental restraint system are difficult to confirm, so the diagnostic troublecodes become the most important source of information when troubleshooting.When troubleshooting the supplemental restraint system, always inspect the diagnostic trouble codes beforedisconnecting the battery.
Work must be started after 90 seconds from the time the Ignition SW is set to the “LOCK” position and thenegative (-) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery.(The supplemental restraint system is equipped with a back-up power source so that if work is started within90 seconds of disconnecting the negative (-) terminal cable of the battery, the SRS may be activated).When the negative (-) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery, memory of the clock and audio systemswill be cancelled. So before starting work, make a record of the contents memorized by each memory system.When work is finished, reset the clock and audio system as before and adjust the clock.To avoid erasing the memory of each memory system, never use a back-up power supply from outside thevehicle.
When removing the steering wheel pad or handling a new steering wheel pad, keep the pad upper surfacefacing upward. Also, lock the lock lever of the twin lock type connector at the rear of the pad and take carenot to damage the connector.(Storing the pad with its metallic surface up may lead to a serious accident if the SRS inflates for some reason.)
Always store a removed or new front passenger airbag assembly with the airbag door facing up. Storing theairbag assembly with the airbag door facing down could cause a serious accident if the airbag inflates.
Store the steering wheel pad where the ambient temperature remains below 93°C (200°F), without highhumidity and away from electrical noise.
Never use SRS parts from another vehicle. When replacing SRS parts, replace them with new parts.
Never disassemble and repair the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly airbag sensorassembly or front airbag sensors.
Before repairing the body, remove the airbag sensors if during repair shocks are likely to be applied to thesensors due to vibration of the body or direct tapping with tools or other parts.
Do not reuse a steering wheel pad or front airbag sensors.After evaluating whether the airbag sensor assembly is damaged or not, decide whether or not to reuse it.(See the Repair Manual for the method for evaluating the airbag sensor assembly.)
When troubleshooting the supplemental restraint system, use a high-impedance (Min. 10KΩ/V) tester.
The wire harness of the supplemental restraint system is integrated with the cowl wire harness assembly. Thevehicle wiring harness exclusively for the airbag system is distinguished by corrugated yellow tubing, as arethe connectors.
Do not measure the resistance of the airbag squibs.(It is possible this will deploy the airbag and is very dangerous.)
If the wire harness used in the supplemental restraint system is damaged, replace the whole wire harnessassembly.When the connector to the front airbag sensors can be replaced alone (when there is no damage to the wireharness), use the repair wire specially designed for the purpose.(Refer to the Repair Manual for the applicable Model year for details of the replacement method.)
INFORMATION LABELS (NOTICES) are attached to the periphery of the SRS components. Follow theinstructions on the notices.
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
144
SRS
The supplemental restraint system has connectors which possess the functions described below:1. SRS ACTIVATION PREVENTION MECHANISM
Each connector contains a short spring plate. When theconnector is disconnected, the short spring plateautomatically connects the power source and groundingterminals of the squib to preclude a potential differencebetween the terminals.
2. ELECTRICAL CONNECTION CHECK MECHANISMThis mechanism is designed to electrically check ifconnectors are connected properly and completely.The electrical connection check mechanism is designed sothat the connection detection pin connects with thediagnosis terminals when the connector housing lock is inthe locked condition.
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
145
3. CONNECTOR TWIN-LOCK MECHANISMWith this mechanism connectors (male and femaleconnectors) are locked by two locking devices to increaseconnection reliability. If the primary lock is incomplete, ribsinterfere and prevent the secondary lock.
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
146
SRS
3
2
IH111 IH 112
5 2 1 4 3 6
9 10 8 7
1 2
1 2
IE
B−
R
W−
R
W B
A IR BAG SQ UIB(FR O NT PASS ENG E R’ S A IRBA G AS SE M BLY)
A18
AIRB AG SQ UIB(S TE E RIN G W HE EL P AD)
A19
11 5
B−
Y
W−
L
BR
BR
B−
Y
W−
L
B−
L
W−
L
FROM P OW ER SO UR C E S YS TEM (SEE P AG E 52)
SR S W AR NING LIG H T[C O M B. M E TE R]
C10
DA
TA
LIN
K C
ON
NE
CT
OR
1
D 1
B3 B4
A3 A4
A
222
11 1
A
A1 A2
B2B1
I 6
A1A2
B1B2
B−
L
GR
GR
B−
RW
−L
W−
L
GR
B−
W
JUN CTIO NCO NN EC TO R
J 3
SH
OR
T C
ON
NE
CT
OR
(S
RS
)
SH
OR
T C
ON
NE
CT
OR
(S
RS
)
BS
4,
S 5
A
BS
6,
S 7
A
USEBLO C K
11
BR
B R
SHO R TCO NN EC TO R (SRS )
BS 4 , S 5A
ID
I12
BR
W−
B
W − B
A IRB AG SE NSO R ASSEM B LY
A 17
E1 P + P− D+ D− E 2
IG 2 A CC LA TC
TC AB
SP IR ALCAB LE
10
A E
CU
−B
15
A C
IG
7.
5A
IG
N
F
F
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
147
THE SRS IS A DRIVER AND PASSENGER PROTECTION DEVICE WHICH HAS A SUPPLEMENTAL ROLE TO THE SEAT BELTS.
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ACC OR ON. THE CURRENT FROM THE CIG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 10 OF THE AIRBAGSENSOR ASSEMBLY. ONLY WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON DOES THE CURRENT FROM THE IGN FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 9 OFTHE ASSEMBLY.
IF AN ACCIDENT OCCURS WHILE DRIVING, DECELERATION CAUSED BY A FRONTAL IMPACT IS DETECTED BY THE SENSOR IN THEAIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY, AND WHEN THE FRONTAL IMPACT EXCEEDS A SET LEVEL (WHEN THE SAFING SENSOR BUILT INTOTHE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON, THE FLOOR SENSOR BUILT INTO THE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON AND THE AIRBAGSENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON), THE CURRENT FROM THE CIG OR THE IGN FUSE FLOWS THROUGH THE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLYTO TERMINALS 4 AND 2 OF THE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE AIRBAG SQUIB → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINALS3 AND 1 OF THE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → THE FLOOR SENSOR BUILT INTO THE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 5,TERMINAL 6 OR BODY GROUND → GROUND.
WHEN THE SAFING SENSOR BUILT INTO THE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON, AND FLOOR SENSOR BUILT INTO THE AIRBAGSENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON, ONE OF THE ABOVE-MENTIONED CIRCUITS IS ACTIVATED SO THAT THE CURRENT FLOWS TO THEAIRBAG SQUIBS, CAUSING IT TO OPERATE.
THE AIRBAG STORED INSIDE THE STEERING WHEEL PAD IS INSTANTANEOUSLY EXPANDED TO SOFTEN THE SHOCK TO A DRIVER.
SIMULTANEOUSLY, THE AIRBAG STORED INSIDE THE PASSENGER’S INSTRUMENT PANEL IS INSTANTANEOUSLY EXPANDED TOSOFTEN THE SHOCK TO A PASSENGER.
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A17 24 D 1 22 S 5 B 25
A18 24 F11 25 S 6 A 25
A19 24 J 3 25 S 7 B 25
C10 24 S 4 A 25
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IH1 32 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID 32 LEFT KICK PANEL
IE 32 RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 6 32 COWL WIRE
SYSTEM OUTLINE
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
148
SRSBrought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
149
MEMOBrought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
150
CENTER DIFFERENTIAL LOCK
4
1
1
2
IH16
IF12
EC 14
IH13
EC 110
IH110 IH 116 IH18 IH 19
EC 13
IH 26
E C11
EC18 EC 112 EC17 E C111
IF19
E18
E22
E C ID
IH1
24
3 2
2 5 3 6
B
2)
D IFF. LO CKO R SW FER
ALO N SW
CE
NT
ER
DIF
F.
LO
CK
CE NTER D IFF. LO CK C O NTR OM O TO R
A/T
IN
DIC
AT
OR
SW
[PA
SIT
ION
SW
]
SFER L4IO N SW
N CTIO NCO NN ECTO R
C O M BIN ATIO N M ETE R
L− B
Y Y
W −B W − B
Y
YY
Y
Y
B
L−
B
G−
R
G−
B
G
G−
Y
G−
R
G−
B
G
G−
Y
W−
B
G−
R
G−
B
G
G−
Y
W−
B
Y−
LR
−L
R−
L
B−
LY
Y−
BY
−B
B2
A5
C 10 , C 11
C 1
C 5
P 1
P−
B
W−
BW
−B
BA
Y
I11
Y−
L
I 6
P−
B
P −B
I11B − L
W−
B
J 2
JU
NC
ON
NE
CT
OR
1 0
S1
0S
HO
( CE
NK
)
4 10 1 5
A
A
N CTIO NN NECTO R
B− LB− L
21 9
Y − L
B− L
EN G INE C O NTR O L M O D ULE
YB
FR
OM
AB
S E
CU
C7
C8
(* 1 ) (* 2)
C, C 13
1
DIO
DE
( NE
UT
TIO
N)
D2
8
I12
W−
B
* 1 : C EN TE R DIFF. LOC K* 2 : A /T P
IH 2
16
EC 1
2
Y−
G
Y−G Y− G
IE
W−
B
1 1
FRO M PO W ER SO UR CE SY STE M (SE E PAG E 5
FUS E B LO CK
F11
10
A G
AU
GE
30
A D
IFF
B
B
JUJ 4
JUCO
J 1
TFN L4
E 7
2RA
L D
ET
EC
7RK
/NE
UT
RA
L P
O
2
TRANPO SIT
T 2
7
RT
PIN
TE
R D
IFF
. L
OC
CO
NT
RO
L R
EL
AY
9 3
7
2
4M
L
A
A
CT
ION
2
TR ANSN EU TRPO S ITI
T 3
1
CE NTERINDIC AT
C 2
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
2 3
4 5 6 1 2
5
XX2 8 X7 9
21
A A A
A A A
(H INT : SE E PA G E 7)
AAAAA
A A A A A A A
(HIN T : SE E PA G E 7)
X
7
4
1 21 2
C 1 C 2 G R AY C 5
F11
E 7 D AR K G R AY
J 1 J 2 B LU E J 4
P 1 G RA Y S10 T 2 G R AY T 3 G R AY
B B LU EC 1 1
A G R AYC 10
C13
(S EE P AG E 20)
(H IN T : S E E PAG E 7 )
B B B
B B
B B
1 2
5
3 4
X 7 X 9 10
X X X X
X X 7 X X 10
C
X
151
C5 CENTER DIFF. LOCK CONTROL RELAY3-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION2-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY7-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE CONTROL LEVER AT
L4 POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C 1 22 D28 24 P 1 23
C 2 22 E 7 24 S10 25
C 5 24 F11 25 T 2 23
C10 A 24 J 1 25 T 3 23
C11 B 24 J 2 25
C13 C 24 J 4 25
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EC1 30 ENGINE WIRE AND TRANSMISSION WIRE (NEAR THE STARTER)
IF1 32 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
IH132 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
IH232 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EC 30 AIR INTAKE CHAMBER
ID 32 LEFT KICK PANEL
IE 32 RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E18 30 ENGINE WIRE I1132 COWL WIRE
E22 30 TRANSMISSION WIRE I1232 COWL WIRE
I 6 32 COWL WIRE
SERVICE HINTS
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
152
FRONT/REAR DIFFERENTIAL LOCK
I 2
8
E BLO CK
CTIO NN N ECTO R
FR O M PO W E R SO U RC E SYSTEM (SEE P AG E 52)
L−
BL
−B
2
B b 13B b14B b11B b12
IE
B b16
B 1
W−
B
4
2 3 5 6
12 6
W−
BW
−B
W−
B
R−
B
B−
G
L−
Y
L−
B
L
L−
G
W − B
W −B
W− B
FRO NT DIFF. LO C KC ONTR O L M O TO R
F12
D IFF. LO CKC O NTR OL SW
D 4
W−
B
L−B
FU S
F11
30
A D
IFF
1
1 2
4
RE
AR
FR
ON
T/R
EA
R
1 3 5
L−
R
7
L
14
L−
B
16
L−
Y
M
A
A
JU NCO
J 8A
D IFF. LO CK EC U
D 5
G N D M 4 M3 REL 4 REL 3
R RF
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
153
652
4
3
G
G−O
G−B
G−Y
G
G−L
G−B
G−Y
G
G−L
G−B
G−Y
G
G−O
G−B
4
111 10 2
W−B
W−B
W−B
1
2
1
2
1
2
I 5
C C C1 10 9
5 A
A B C
ID19ID114ID13ID110
BQ16BQ15BQ12BQ11
CONNECTORJUNCTIONJ 1
10A
GA
UG
EY
Y
G−Y
COMBINATION METER
C10 C11 C13
C3
B2
L−W
P−B
P−B
G−R
G−RW
WW
I14
I 6
W
G−R
P−B
ID1
BQ1
Bh2
13
12
5 5 Bb1
3 IH1
1 EC1
10 EC1
ECID
Y−B
Y−BG−R
Y−W
Y−W
BR
BR
C 2
F13
FR
ON
T D
IFF.
LO
CK
PO
SIT
ION
SW
PO
SIT
ION
SW
RE
AR
DIF
F. L
OC
K
R11
CE
NT
ER
DIF
F. L
OC
K
CE
NT
ER
DIF
F. L
OC
K
IND
ICA
TO
R S
W
9 153
2 41 3Bh2 Bh2 Bh2 Bh2
M
R10
REAR DIFF. LOCKCONTROL MOTOR
W−B
W−B
W−BB25
W−B
W−B
BG
6 Bh2
LOC
K
RE
AR
DIF
F.
CE
NT
ER
LOC
K
FR
ON
T
DIF
F.
DIF
F.
LOC
K
A
A
F11
FUSE BLOCK
FRO M PO W ER SO UR C E SYSTEM (SEE PAG E 5 2)
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
154
FRONT/REAR DIFFERENTIAL LOCK
THIS SYSTEM FREES OR LOCKS THE FRONT AND REAR DIFFERENTIALS ACCORDING TO THE POSITION OF THE DIFF. LOCKCONTROL SW. THE DIFFERENTIAL WILL LOCK ONLY WHEN THE CENTER DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR SW IS ON AND THE VEHICLESPEED IS AT 8 KM/H (5 MPH) OR LESS.
WHEN THE CENTER DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR SW IS OFF, DIFFERENTIAL LOCK DOES NOT OCCUR EVEN IF THE DIFF. LOCK CONTROLSW IS IN RR POSITION OR FRRR POSITION.
WHEN THE DIFF. LOCK CONTROL SW IS SWITCHED FROM OFF POSITION TO RR POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOW TO TERMINAL 12OF THE DIFF. LOCK ECU. IF THE LIMIT SW ON THE LOCK SIDE INSIDE THE REAR DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR IS ON AT THIS TIME,UNTIL THE LIMIT SW IS TURNED OFF, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE DIFF FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DIFF. LOCK ECU →TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE REAR DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE DIFF. LOCK ECU →TERMINAL 13 → GROUND. THIS DRIVES THE REAR DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR AND LOCKS THE REAR DIFFERENTIAL. WHENTHE REAR DIFFERENTIAL LOCKS, THE REAR DIFF. LOCK POSITION SW TURNS ON, LIGHTING UP THE REAR DIFF. LOCK INDICATORLIGHT IN THE COMBINATION METER.
WHEN THE DIFF. LOCK CONTROL SW IS SWITCHED FROM RR POSITION TO FRRR POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL6 OF THE DIFF. LOCK ECU. IF THE LIMIT SW ON THE LOCK SIDE INSIDE THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR IS ON AT THISTIME, UNTIL THE LIMIT SW IS TURNED OFF, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE DIFF FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DIFF. LOCK ECU→ TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 5 OF THE DIFF. LOCKECU → TERMINAL 13 → GROUND. THIS DRIVES THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR AND LOCKS THE FRONT DIFFERENTIAL.WHEN THE FRONT DIFFERENTIAL LOCKS, THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK POSITION SW TURNS ON, LIGHTING UP THE FRONT DIFF. LOCKINDICATOR LIGHT IN THE COMBINATION METER.
WHEN THE DIFF. LOCK CONTROL SW IS SWITCHED FROM FRRR POSITION TO RR POSITION, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 6 OFTHE DIFF. LOCK ECU IS CUT OFF. IF THE LIMIT SW ON THE FREE SIDE INSIDE THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR IS ON ATTHIS TIME, UNTIL THE LIMIT SW IS TURNED OFF, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE DIFF FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DIFF. LOCKECU → TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 7 OF THE DIFF.LOCK ECU → TERMINAL 13 → GROUND. THIS DRIVES THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR AND FREE THE FRONTDIFFERENTIAL. THIS CAUSES THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK POSITION SW AND THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT INSIDE THECOMBINATION METER TO TURN OFF.
WHEN THE DIFF. LOCK CONTROL SW IS SWITCHED FROM RR POSITION TO OFF POSITION, CURRENT TO TERMINAL 12 OF THEDIFF. LOCK ECU IS CUT OFF. IF THE LIMIT SW ON THE FREE SIDE INSIDE THE REAR DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR IS ON, UNTIL THELIMIT SW IS TURNED OFF, THE CURRENT FLOW FROM THE DIFF FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DIFF. LOCK ECU → TERMINAL 1 →TERMINAL 2 OF THE REAR DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE DIFF. LOCK ECU → TERMINAL 13→ GROUND. THIS DRIVES THE REAR DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR AND FREES THE REAR DIFFERENTIAL. WHEN THE REARDIFFERENTIAL IS FREE, THE REAR DIFF. LOCK POSITION SW AND THE REAR DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT IN THE COMBINATIONMETER ARE TURNED OFF.
THE DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT FLASHES WHEN:
∗ THE DIFF. LOCK CONTROL SW IS SWITCHED TO RR POSITION OR FRRR POSITION DURING DIFFERENTIAL LOCK PROHIBITIONCONDITIONS (VEHICLE SPEED ABOVE 8 KM/H (5 MPH) OR CENTER DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR SW OFF).
∗ THE DIFF. LOCK POSITION SW IS TURNED OFF DURING OPERATION OF THE DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR.
D 4 DIFF. LOCK CONTROL SW4-1 : CLOSED WITH THE DIFF. LOCK CONTROL SW AT “RR” POSITION OR “FR RR” POSITION4-2 : CLOSED WITH THE DIFF. LOCK SW AT “FRRR” POSITION
D 5 DIFF. LOCK ECU(DISCONNECTED WIRING CONNECTOR FROM ECU)13-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY4-GROUND : PULSE GENERATION WITH VEHICLE MOVING8-GROUND : 9-14 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON2-GROUND : ABOUT 0 VOLTS WITH THE REAR DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT ON
: 9-14 VOLTS WITH THE REAR DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT OFF9-GROUND : ABOUT 0 VOLTS WITH THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT ON
: 9-14 VOLTS WITH THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT OFF15-GROUND : ABOUT 0 VOLTS WITH THE CENTER DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT ON
: 9-14 VOLTS WITH THE CENTER DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT OFFF12, R10 FRONT, REAR DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR
2-3 : 0.3-100
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
155
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C 2 22 D 5 24 J 8 25
C10 A 24 F11 25 R10 27
C11 B 24 F12 26 R11 27
C13 C 24 F13 26
D 4 24 J 1 25
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EC1 30 ENGINE WIRE AND TRANSMISSION WIRE (NEAR THE STARTER)
ID1 32 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IH1 32 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
BQ1 34 FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
Bb1 36 COWL WIRE AND FRAME WIRE (RIGHT FENDER)
Bh2 36 FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FRAME NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EC 30 AIR INTAKE CHAMBER
ID 32 LEFT KICK PANEL
IE 32 RIGHT KICK PANEL
BG 34 LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 2 I14 32 COWL WIRE
I 5 32 COWL WIRE B 1 36 FRAME WIRE
I 6 B25 36 FLAME NO. 2 WIRE
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
156
RADIO AND PLAYER
BR 16 BR17 BN 15 BN 16 BW 11 B W 12 BP 15 BP 16
II116 II115 II28 II114
ID 119 ID 120
II117 II118
BM 13
I14
I 9 I 9
I 9 I 9
I15
I15
B14
B14
B22
B22
B22
B22
ID BF
A9 B6 B2 B3 B1
7 10 4 1 5
3 2
A
FRO M PO W E R SO U RC E SY STEM (S EE PAG E 5 2)
RA DIO AND PLAY ER
LH S PEAKER LH R H SP EAKER R H
JU
NC
TIO
N
FUSE BLO C K
CO
OL
ING
FA
N( R
G R
R − B
R
Y
B
W
Y
B
W
R
W
Y
B R
Y
GR
R−
B
Y
GR
R−
B
Y B
W−
B
W−
B
LG
−R
LG
−B
Y B
W
R
B W R
Y
R−
B
W−
B
W−
B
RWRWRWBY
W RBYY
W
B
RR
B
R 1
R 3
W
F11
J 7
BA
C1
6
JU
NC
TIO
N
J 4
J 3
A
3
GR
I14R − B
( *2
)
( *2
)
( *2
)
( *2
)
( *2
)
(* 1)
(* 1)
(* 1)
(* 1)
(* 1)
(* 1)
(* 1)
R−B
G R
R−B
(* 1)
(* 1)
(* 1)
A
G R
(* 2)RR +RR −RL+R L−AM P
ACC
R−
B
( * 3 )
(* 3 )
( *3
)
( *3
)
( *3
)
( *3
)
(* 3)
(* 3)
Y
( *3
)
( *3
)
(* 3 )
( *3
)
( *3
)
( *3
)
( *3
)( *
3)
( *3
)( *
3)
( *3
)
( *3
)
(* 3)
(* 3)
1 1
10
A G
AU
GE
15
A C
IG
B
B
CO
NN
EC
TO
R
JU
NC
TIO
N C
ON
NE
CT
OR
A
A
A
1
4
AD
IO A
ND
PL
AY
ER
)
9 3 6 2
W O OFER AM PLIFIER
W 6
R R −R R+W F+WF−GND
+B AM P+ R L− RL+
A
CO
NN
EC
TO
R
2 12 2 2 21 1 1 1
W O O FER (S PEAK ER ) R O OF SP EAKER R EA R D O OR R O OF S PEA KER REAR DO O R
W 5 R 23 R 12 R 24 R13
M
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
157
BJ18 BJ17 B K18 BK17
I10
I10
I14
I14
2
EA13
IE
A6 A2 A5 A1 A7
A9
3
A10
A
1
B
1
A
12
A
5
A
11
A
4
A
8
A
3
A
7
A
2
B
4
B
5
B
6
B
7
B
12
B
15
B
14
B
13
RADIO AND PLAYER
LG −
B
G
L
R
W
Y
BR
GR
R−B
Y
B
W
R
GR
R−B
Y
B
V
P
LG
W
L
R
V P L LG
BR
L−
YL
−Y
BR
L LG V P L LG L LG
BR
L−
Y
SPEAKER LH SPEAKER LH SPEAKER RH SPEA KER RH
FROM POW ER SOUR CE SYSTEM (SEE PAG E 52)
10ADOM E
ST
ER
EO
CO
MP
ON
EN
TA
MP
LIF
IER
S1
1
,
S12
R 2
R 1
R 3
1
A B
BA
(SHIELD
(SHIELDED)
(* 1)
(* 1)
(* 1)
(* 1)
(* 1)
(* 1)
( *3
)
( *3
)
( *3
)
( *3
)
( *2
)
( *1
)
(* 1)
(* 1)
(* 1)
(* 1)
(* 1)
(* 1)
(* 1)
(* 1)
(* 1)
(* 1)
( *2
)
( *2
)
( *2
)
( *2
)
( *2
)
LGL
PV
( *3
)
( *3
)
( *3
)
( *3
)
FL− FL+ FR− FR+ GND
I14 I10
B
11
FR+
FR−
FL+
FL−
RR+
RR−
RL+
RL−
AM P+
ACC
GND
RR+
RL+
BEEP
S GND
FR+
FL+
M UTE
+B
GND
+B
R−B
(* 1)
A4
L−
Y
( *2
)
CTIONNNECTO R
+B
W−
B
W−
B
(* 1
(* 1
(* 1
(* 1
(* 1
(* 1
(* 1
(* 1
R−B
(* 1)
( *1
)
B
3 B−LACC
(* 1
B
B
BJUNCO
J 3
R
RAD IO AND
ED)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
1 1 1 12 2 2 2
FRONT DOOR FRONT FRONT DOOR FRO NTF14 F 9 F15 F10
*1 : SEPARATE TYPE AMPLIFIER
*2 : BUILT−IN TYPE AMPLIFIER
*3 : 9 SPEAKER (W/ CD)
1D
PLAYER
+
E
+
+
+
EP
G ND
7
1
1
1
1
FR
2
3
4
5RR
RL
BE
S
1
4
+
UT
+B
AM P
3ACC
5
6FL
M
1G N
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
158
RADIO AND PLAYER
R 1 (A) RADIO AND PLAYER(A) 4-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS(A) 3-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION(A) 7-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
S11 (A) STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER(A) 1-GROUND : APPOX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION(A) 10-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS(A) 9-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C16 24 J 4 25 R23 27
F 9 25 J 7 25 R24 27
F10 25 R 1 A 25 S11 A 25
F11 25 R 2 25 S12 B 25
F14 26 R 3 B 25 W 5 27
F15 26 R12 27 W 6 27
J 3 25 R13 27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2 18 R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1 30 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
ID1 32 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II132 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO 2 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II232 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BJ1 34 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
BK1 34 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BM1 34 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE)
BN1 34 REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)
BP1 34 REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)
BR1 34 LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
BW1 36 ROOF NO. 2 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID 32 LEFT KICK PANEL
IE 32 RIGHT KICK PANEL
BF 34 UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 9 I15 32 COWL WIRE
I10 32 COWL WIRE B14 36 FLOOR WIRE
I14 B22 36 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE
SERVICE HINTS
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
159
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
160
REAR HEATER
B21
II21 II25
II2
2
B
5
FR O M PO W ER SO UR CE SYSTEM (SE E PAG E 52 )
R EAR H EATER SW
R EAR HEA TE R
TIO NE CTO R
RE AR HEA TERE LAY
FUS
L−
W YY
L−
WL
−W
L−
W
W−
B
L−
B
L−
Y
W−
B
L
L−
B
L−
Y
W−
B
W−
B
R15
2 3
1 1
E BLO CK
20
A R
EA
R−
HT
R
10
A G
AU
GE
B
JU N CC O N N
4 2 1
2 1
6 4
3R
M1
3 2
R 1
W−B
J 7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
A
IDBF
BM13
HI
L0L0 HI
J4
R4
4
F11
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
161
R 4 REAR HEATER SW2-1 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON AND REAR HEATER SW AT LO POSITION4-1 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON AND REAR HEATER SW AT HI POSITION
R15 REAR HEATER RELAY4-1 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
F11 25 J 7 25 R14 27
J 4 25 R 4 25 R15 27
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
II2 32 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BM1 34 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID 32 LEFT KICK PANEL
BF 34 UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B21 36 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE
F1 1
(S E E P A G E 20) AAAAA
A A A A A A A
1 2
4 5 1
2 3
1 2 3
4 X 6
J 4 J 7 B L UE R 4 B L A C K R 14
R 15
(H IN T : S E E P A G E 7 )
(HIN T : S E E P A G E 7 )
B B B B
B B
B
SERVICE HINTS
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
162
COMBINATION METER
A5
FR STEM (SEE PAGE 52)
COMBINATION M ETER
Y
FU
EL
SP
EE
DO
ME
TE
R
3
C10 A B,C11 , C13 C,C12 D
FU
EL
OIL
VO
LT
TA
CH
O
C11 C14 B3 A6 C1 B11 C4
C3
ID25 ID218
BO12 BO 11
EA43 EA41
EC16
IH11
IH27IH16
EC13
I 6
EY11 EY13
A1
B1
BO 14
BF EC
EC1
9
BR
BR
5
1 2
B
11 4
3
Y
L−
W
Y
R
Y−
R
P
W
BR
B
R−
OR
−O
W
P
Y−
R
RY
R
Y−
R
Y
Y BR
BR
R−
G
Y
BR
BR
W−
B
J 4
JUN
CT
IT
OR
( SH
IEL
DE
D)
( SH
IEL
DE
D)
W
F18
O 2
,A
O
3FUEL SENDER[FUEL PUM P]
ICLE SPEED SENSORMBINATION METER)
G S
W
OIL
PR
ES
SU
RE
SE
ND
ER
B
LOCK
BR
BR
I 6BR
BR
E10
E11
E12
2
1
E13BR
W
BR
BR
N 2
NO
ISE
FIL
TE
R (
OIL
PR
ES
SU
RE
SE
ND
ER
)
Ea 1
1
Ea 12
R−
G
Ea 13BR
Y
AJUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 1
B
B5
B−
R
Y Y
FR
OM
PA
RK
/NE
UT
RA
LP
OS
ITIO
N S
W
FR
OM
EN
GIN
E C
ON
TR
OL
MO
DU
LE
FR
OM
DIF
F.
LO
CK
EC
U
OIL
LE
VE
L
DELAY
BULB CHECKRELAY
( SH
IEL
DE
D)
OM POWER SOURCE SY
1
F11FUSE B
10
A G
AU
GE
B
ON
CO
NN
EC
A
A
2
O 1
V 1VEH(CO
OIL
LE
VE
L W
AR
NIN
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
163
BR
E EL
M
PAG E 52)
C13
B7 A7 A8 A1 B10 B2 B6 A9 A4 B1
B8 B9
IH 12 IH 13
A10
I 6
ID29
EC 11
ID
R − B
BR
W − B
B−
L
G−
B
G−
Y
Y−
L
Y−
L
R−
B
BR
G−
R
P−
BY
−B
Y−
B
G
Y−
R
G−
Y
O G
W−
B
Y−
L
R−
W
R−
BW
−B
A
FR
OM
HA
ZA
RD
SW
AN
D T
UR
N S
IGN
AL
SW
[CO
MB
. S
W]
WA
TE
RT
EM
P.
CE
NT
ER
DIF
F.
LO
CK
MA
LF
UN
CT
ION
IND
ICA
TO
R L
AM
P
CR
UIS
E
AB
S
SE
AT
BE
LT
TU
RN
LH
TU
RN
RH
CH
AR
GE
A/T
OIL
TE
MP
.
BR
AK
E
TO
GE
NE
RA
TO
R TO
EN
GIN
E C
ON
TR
OL
MO
DU
LE
TO
SE
NT
ER
DIF
F.
LO
CK
IN
DIC
AT
OR
SW
TO
CR
UIS
E C
ON
TR
OL
EC
U
TO
AB
S E
CU
TO
SE
AT
BE
LT
WA
RN
ING
RE
LA
Y
G S
W
E
IO NE CTO R
EA34
JU N CTC ON NE
J 7
W−
B
W−
B
B
Y YY
7 NG
INE
CO
NT
RO
OD
UL
E
1
2
1
1
A
BR
AK
E F
LU
IDL
EV
EL
WA
RN
IN
PA
RK
ING
BR
AK
SW
WA
TE
R T
EM
P.
SE
ND
ER
JU N CTCO N N
B 1
P 4
W 3
J 2
A
A
IO NCTO R
5
10
O ILW
TACO
FR O M PO W ER SO U R CE SY STEM (S EE
2
1
7.
5A
IG
N
F11
FUS E BLO CK
COM BINATION METER
C10 , A B,C11 , C13 C,C12 D
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
164
COMBINATION METER
2 2
E A13 EA 25
IH 216
E C12
C16 C6 C2D9 C8
C15 C5C9 C10 B12 C7D8
10ADO M E
15AHE AD(RH )
DO
OR
HIG
H B
EA
M
FR
ON
TD
IFF
. L
OC
K
RE
AR
DIF
F.
LO
CK
ME
TE
RIL
LU
MIN
AT
ION
A/T
P
O/D
OF
F
TO
DO
OR
CO
UR
TE
SY
SW
TO
LIG
HT
CO
NT
RO
L S
W[C
OM
B.
SW
]
TO
FR
ON
T D
IFF
. L
OC
KP
OS
ITIO
N S
W
TO
RE
AR
DIF
F.
LO
CK
PO
SIT
ION
SW
TO TR AN SFE RN EU TR ALP O SITIO N SW
TO
O/D
MA
INS
W
FRO M P O W ER S O U RC E SY S TEM (SEE PA G E
3 2
1 1
UN C TIO NCO N NEC TO R
JUN C TCO N NE
L−
Y
R−
W
L−
Y
R−
W
GG
Y
R−
W
R−
Y
G−
R
W
Y−
GY
−G
Y−
L
P−
L
W−
GW
−G
W − B
1
J 5 W − G
A2
A3
SR
S
TO
AIR
BA
G S
EN
SO
RA
SS
EM
BL
Y
W−
L
Y
B
N CTIO NN N EC TO R
L−
Y
B−
R
2
˙S
TR
T
D12
TO
EN
GIN
E C
ON
TR
OL
MO
DU
LE
R−
W
G
R− L
BC 10 , C 11A
CC 12 , C 13D
C O M B IN ATIO N M E TE R
B
1
Y−
L
DIO
DE
( NE
UT
RN
)
D2
8
A
A
3 2
IO NC TO R
R H EO S TA T
R 7
A
L E
2AL
DE
TE
CT
IO
FU SEBL O CK
52)
2
1
F11
15
A T
AIL
2
10
A E
CU
−B
1
JJ
JUC O
J 3
B
B
B
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
165
IH 26 IH 17 IH 25 IH 24 IH 23 IH 22
I 6
D1 3 D3 D4 D5 D7 D10 D11
D6 D1
D2
PW
R
P R N D 2 L
A/T
IN
DIC
AT
OR
ILL
UM
INA
TIO
N
BC 10 , C 11A C, C 12 , C 1 3D
FR
OM
EL
EC
TR
ON
ICA
LL
YC
ON
TR
OL
LE
DT
RA
NS
MIS
SIO
NP
AT
TE
RN
SE
LE
CT
SW
FR O M A/T IN D IC A TO R S W
P−
B
R−
LR
−L
R−
L
R−
B
R−
W
B−
O
G−
R
O
R−
B
R−
W
B−
O
O
G−
W
GW
−G
W−
B
G
C O M BIN A TIO N M E TER
ID
W − B
W −B
R
G
R − L
W − G
W − B
R− L
I12
IE
W−
B
W − B
A A
JU NC TIO NC O N N E C TO R
J 7
A A
JU N C TIO NC O N N E C TO
J 2
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
166
COMBINATION METER
B 1 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW1-2 : CLOSED WITH THE FLOAT DOWN
C10 (A), C11 (B), C12 (D), C13 (C) COMBINATION METER(C) 16-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS(A) 5, (C) 13-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION(A) 1, (B) 1, (C) 1, (D) 6-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
P 4 PARKING BRAKE SW1-GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
B 1 22 F18 26 O 1 23
C10 A 24 J 1 25 O 2 A 23
C11 B 24 J 2 25 O 3 B 23
C12 D 24 J 3 25 P 4 27
C13 C 24 J 4 25 R 7 25
D28 24 J 5 25 V 1 23
E 7 24 J 7 25 W 3 23
F11 25 N 2 23
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2 18 R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1
EA2 30 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
EA3
30 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
EA4 30 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (RIGHT FENDER)
EC1 30 ENGINE WIRE AND TRANSMISSION WIRE (NEAR THE STARTER)
EY1 30 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE AIR CLEANER)
Ea1 30 TRANSMISSION WIRE AND SPEED SENSOR WIRE (NEAR THE TRANSMISSION)
ID2 32 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IH132 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
IH232 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
BO1 34 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE (BESIDE THE FUEL TANK)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EC 30 AIR INTAKE CHAMBER
ID 32 LEFT KICK PANEL
IE 32 RIGHT KICK PANEL
BF 34 UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E1030 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
E13 30 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH WIRE
E1130 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
I 6 32 COWL WIRE
E12 30 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH WIRE
SERVICE HINTS
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
167
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
168
AIR CONDITIONING
1. HEATER BLOWER MOTOR OPERATIONTHE CURRENT FLOWS CONSTANTLY FROM THE FL HEATER FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE HEATER RELAY. WHEN THE IGNITIONSW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE BLOWER SPEED CONTROL RELAY,AND TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE HEATER RELAY → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL (A) 1 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW.
* LOW SPEED OPERATION
WHEN THE BLOWER SW (HEATER CONTROL SW) IS SET TO LO POSITION, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL (A) 1 OF THE HEATERCONTROL SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL (B) 16 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE HEATER RELAY ON. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT TOTERMINAL 5 OF THE HEATER RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE BLOWER MOTORS → TERMINAL 2 →TERMINAL 1 OF THE BLOWER RESISTOR → TERMINAL 4 → GROUND, CAUSING THE BLOWER MOTORS TO OPERATE AT LOWSPEED.
* HIGH SPEED OPERATION
WHEN THE BLOWER SW (HEATER CONTROL SW) IS SET TO HI POSITION, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL (A) 1 OF THE HEATERCONTROL SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL (B) 16 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE HEATER RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT TOTERMINAL 5 OF THE BLOWER SPEED CONTROL RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL (B) 13 OF THE HEATER CONTROLSW → TERMINAL (B) 16 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE BLOWER SPEED CONTROL RELAY. THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT TO FLOWFROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE HEATER RELAY TO TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE BLOWER MOTORS → TERMINAL 2 →TERMINAL 4 OF THE BLOWER SPEED CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → GROUND, CAUSING THE BLOWER MOTORS TOOPERATE AT HIGH SPEED.
* MEDIUM SPEED OPERATION (OPERATION AT M1, M2)
WHEN THE BLOWER SW (HEATER CONTROL SW) IS SET TO M1 POSITION, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL (A) 1 OF THE HEATERCONTROL SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL (B) 16 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE HEATER RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FROMTERMINAL 5 OF THE BLOWER SPEED CONTROL RELAY TO TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL (B) 9 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW →TERMINAL (B) 16 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE BLOWER SPEED CONTROL RELAY. THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT FROMTERMINAL 5 OF THE HEATER RELAY TO TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE BLOWER MOTORS → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1OF THE BLOWER RESISTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE BLOWER SPEED CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 3 →GROUND, CAUSING THE BLOWER MOTORS TO OPERATE AT MEDIUM LOW SPEED. WHEN THE BLOWER SW (HEATER CONTROLSW) IS SET TO M2 POSITION, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL (A) 1 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL (B) 16 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE HEATER RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE BLOWER SPEEDCONTROL RELAY TO TERMINAL 8 → TERMINAL (B) 10 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW → TERMINAL (B) 16 → GROUND,ACTIVATING THE BLOWER SPEED CONTROL RELAY. THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT TO FLOW FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE HEATERRELAY TO TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE BLOWER MOTORS → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE BLOWER RESISTOR →TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE BLOWER SPEED CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → GROUND, CAUSING THE BLOWERMOTOR TO OPERATE AT MEDIUM HI SPEED. THE CURRENT TO THE BLOWER MOTORS AT THIS TIME IS STRONGER THAN IT WASFOR THE M1 POSITION, SO THE BLOWER MOTORS OPERATES FASTER FOR M2 THAN IT DOES FOR M1.
2. OPERATION AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR(SWITCHING FROM FRESH TO RECIRC)
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE AIR INLET CONTROLSERVO MOTOR. WHEN THE RECIRC/FRESH SW IS SWITCHED TO THE FRESH SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OFTHE AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL (A) 18 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW → TERMINAL (B) 16→ GROUND, THIS CAUSES THE MOTOR TO ROTATE AND THE DAMPER TO MOVE TO THE RECIRC SIDE. WHEN IT IS IN THE RECIRCPOSITION, THE CURRENT IS CUT INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR, AND THE DAMPER STOPS AT THAT POSITION.
(SWITCHING FROM RECIRC TO FRESH)
WITH THE IGNITION SW ON, WHEN THE RECIRC/FRESH SW IS SWITCHED TO THE RECIRC SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROMTERMINAL 1 OF THE AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL (A) 19 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW →TERMINAL (B) 16 → GROUND, THIS CAUSES THE MOTOR TO ROTATE AND DAMPER TO MOVE TO THE FRESH SIDE. WHEN IT IS INTHE FRESH POSITION, THE CURRENT IS CUT INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR, AND THE DAMPER STOPS AT THAT POSITION.
SYSTEM OUTLINE
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
169
3. OPERATION OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTORWITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE AIR VENT MODECONTROL SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND, AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE POSITION OF THE MODE SELECTION SWON THE CONTROL SW WHICH IS ON. WHEN THE FOOT SW OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW IS TURNED ON WITH THE DEF POSITION,A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 7 OF THE AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (B) 4 OF THE HEATERCONTROL SW. AS A RESULT, THE SERVO MOTOR OPERATES UNTIL THE DAMPER REACHES TO DEF POSITION. WHEN THISOCCURS, THE SIGNAL TO THE HEATER CONTROL SW IS SHUT OFF AND ROTATION OF THE MOTOR STOPS. SWITCHING TO OTHERMOVEMENT IS CONTROLLED BY THE SERVO MOTOR ACCORDING TO THE FOLLOWING SIGNALS:
1. FACE POSITION, A SIGNAL INPUT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (B) 14 OF THE HEATER CONTROLSW.
2. BI-LEVEL POSITION, A SIGNAL INPUT FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (A) 12 OF THE HEATERCONTROL SW.
3. FOOT POSITION, A SIGNAL INPUT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (A) 7 OF THE HEATER CONTROLSW.
4. FOOT/DEF POSITION, A SIGNAL INPUT FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (B) 11 OF THE HEATERCONTROL SW.
4. AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTORVOLTAGE IS APPLIED TO TERMINALS 11 AND 12 OF THE A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER FROM THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL LEVERINSIDE THE HEATER CONTROL SW AND FROM THE POTENTIOMETER INSIDE THE AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR. THISVOLTAGE IS KEPT AT A FIXED LEVEL BY THE A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER. WHEN THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL LEVER OF THE HEATERCONTROL SW IS MOVED TO ’COOL’, THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO TERMINAL 12 OF THE A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER FROM TERMINAL (B)3 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW CHANGES. AT THIS TIME, THE A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER COMPARES THE VOLTAGE FROMTERMINAL 2 OF THE AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR WITH THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO TERMINAL 11 OF THE A/C SYSTEMAMPLIFIER. THIS ACTIVATES THE A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER, SO THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 6 OF THE AMPLIFIER TOTERMINAL 5 OF THE AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER, AND THEAIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR CHANGES TO THE ’COOL’ SIDE. THEN WHEN THE VOLTAGE FROM THE POTENTIOMETER INSIDETHE SERVO MOTOR EQUALS THE VOLTAGE FROM THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL LEVER INSIDE THE HEATER CONTROL SW, THEA/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER CUTS OFF POWER TO THE MOTOR. WHEN THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL LEVER IS MOVED TO THE ’HOT’SIDE, THE A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER OPERATES THE SAME AS FOR ’COOL’ OPERATION, SO THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL1 OF THE A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 6 OF THEA/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER, CHANGING THE MOTOR TO THE ’HOT’ SIDE. WHEN THE VOLTAGE OF THE POTENTIOMETER AND VOLTAGEOF THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL LEVEL ARE THE SAME, POWER TO THE MOTOR IS CUT OFF.
5. AIR CONDITIONING OPERATIONWHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FROM THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS THROUGH THE THE A/C DUAL PRESSURESW TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE A/C AMPLIFIER. IF THE HEATER CONTROL SW IS THEN TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THEFL HEATER FUSE THROUGH THE A.C. FUSE TO TERMINAL (B) 17 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW. WHEN THE A/C IS TURNED ON,THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (B) 17 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL (B) 6 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE A/CAMPLIFIER, ACTIVATING THE A/C AMPLIFIER. THE CURRENT THEN FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 7 OF THE A/C AMPLIFIER TO TERMINAL4 OF THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 1 OF A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH → GROUND. THIS CAUSESTHE COMPRESSOR TO START. WHEN THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE IS APPROX. 108C (226F), THE WATER TEMP. SW(A/C) IS TURNED ON AND THE A/C CUT RELAY IS ACTIVATED. THIS TURNS THE COMPRESSOR OFF AND STOPS THE AIRCONDITIONING. THE AIR CONDITIONING ALSO TURNS OFF, IF A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO THE A/C AMPLIFIER THAT THE AIR OUTLETTEMPERATURE IS LOW (BELOW APPROX. 3C) OR THE REFRIGERANT PRESSURE IS ABNORMALLY LOW.
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
170
AIR CONDITIONING
I 3
I14
11
111
ID IE
IG13IG18
IG1
1
IG1
2
IG1
4
IG1
6
IG1
10
IG19
A
4 1
3
A
5 3
W−
G
W−
B
L−
R
L−
RL
−Y
L−
Y
L−
B
B−
L
W−
BW
−B
L−R
L−Y
W
L− B
B
L−R
Y
Y
L− Y
W−B
Y
W
B
L−R
W−
B
R−L
L−R
W− Y
R
HE
AT
ER
RE
LA
Y
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
B (B (
FUSE BLO
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 52)
J 8
B 5
J 2
B 3
BF11
B−
W
2
I12
I 8
Y
W−B
Y
Y
Y Y
Y
Y
L−B
YY
Y
TIONNECTOR
J 4
L−B
L−Y
L−Y
I12
W−B
W−
B
JU
NC
TIO
NC
I14
I14
L− R
Y
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 1
L−
YL
−R
2 3
1 1
CK
40
A F
L H
EA
TE
R
10
A G
AU
GE
B
B
B
B
JUNCCO N
A
A
2
1
2
1
LO
WE
R M
OT
OR
A/C
)
LO
WE
R M
OT
OR
HE
AT
ER
)
2
1 4
BLOW ER RESISTORB 4
3 2
A
A
ON
NE
CT
OR
124
5
7
6
8
BLOWER SPEEDCO NTROL RELAY
HI
M2
M1
MM
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
171
ID
6 1 7 2 5 10 11 12
9
Y
L−Y
Y
Y
Y
G
B−Y
G− B
B
W
L−B
B
L−R
B−O
G −R
Y−B
W− G
Y−R
Y−G
W
L−B
B
L− R
Y
Y
Y
Y
L−Y
Y
G
B−
Y
G−
B
W−B
W−
B
SERVO M OTO R
I 8
1 2 3 4 5
AIR MIX CO NTRO LA15
W ARM
M
CO OL
A/C S YSTEM AM PLIFIERA10
A
JU NCTIONCO NNECTO R
J 7
A W −B
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
172
AIR CONDITIONING
I 8
Y
L− Y
Y
Y
Y
G
B− Y
G −B
B
W
L− B
B
L− R
B− O
G −R
Y− B
W −G
Y
L− Y
Y
Y
Y
G R− G
L−W
L
Y − R
Y− G
G − W
L
G − B
B
R− L
W − L
G R− R
LG − R
LG − B
5 1 3 6 16 7 8 15 2 11 12 4 9 14 13
−G
−B
−R
−O −B
−Y
G −W
LG
−B
LG
−R
GR
−R
W−
L
R−
L
L
Y−
G
Y−
R
L
L−
W
GR
−G
WL−
B
B
L−
R
S H O RT C O N NE C TO R (A/C )
SH O R T CO NN EC TO R (A /C)S 9
8 5 7 3 2 4 6 1
W Y G B G B G
S 8
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
173
GR− G GR−G
A9 A1 B9 B10
Y
L− Y
Y
Y
Y
L
Y−R
Y− G
G− W
L
G −B
B
R −L
W−L
G R−R
LG−R
Y
L− Y
Y
G −W
G − B
B
R−L
W− L
G R− R
LG − R
LG− B LG −B
L−
W L Y Y
Y−
R
Y−
G
L
LO M 1 M 2
A
A
13
3
G
W− G
FR OM " TAIL" FUSE
TO RH EOSTAT
SERVO MO TOR
L− W
BLOW ER SW
2 3 1
M
AIR INLET C ONTRO LA14
FRESH
RECIRC
HEATER CONTROL SW AND A/C SWH 10 , H11A B
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
174
AIR CONDITIONINGY
L− Y
Y
GR− G
G −W
G−B
B
R−L
W−L
GR−R
LG−R
LG− B
Y
L−Y
Y
GR− G
G −R
V
V−G
W− L
G R− R
LG −R
LG−B
B V
V−
G
G−
B
G−
W
G−
R
,
HEATER CONTRO L SW AND A/C SW
A B
HI
ACE B L FOO T
TEM P.
BLOW ER SW TEM PERATURE CO NTROL LEVER MO DE ELECT ON SW
B3 B2 A14 A12 A7B13 B1
H10 H11
S
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
175
Y
L− Y
Y
GR−G
G− R
V
V− G
W− L
GR−R
LG−R
LG −B
HEATER CONTROL SW AND A/C SW
B11 B4 B6 B18 B17 A19A18A8
Y
Y
GR− G
G −R
V
V−G
W −R
LG
W−B
F/D
DEF
A/C SW
W−
R
LG
W−
L
GR
−R
L−
R
W−
B
LG
−R
LG
−B
RECIRC/FRESH SW
B16
ON
OF
F
ON
OF
F
ON
OF
F
RE
C
FR
C
RE
C
FR
C
W−B
M ODE ELECTION SW
USE BLOCK11
2
1
F
10
A A
. C
F
S
A BH 10 H 11
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
176
AIR CONDITIONINGY
Y
GR− G
G −R
V
V−G
W −R
LG
W −B
I11
ID
Y
G R−G
A
A
A 6W−B
W−
BW
−B
LG
W−
R
V−
G
VY
G−
R
A16AIR VENT M ODE CON TROL SERVO M OTOR
J 7
JUN
CT
ION
CO
NN
EC
TO
R
W −B
7 4 2 135
M
DEF FACEB/LFO OTF/D FACEB/LFOO TF/DDEF
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
177
Y
G R− G
I17
IG 21 IG 29
IG 217 IG 220 IG 211
EA 16E A 112
IH 217
E Y 12
E C IE
Y−
R
Y
GR
−G
B−
RB
L−
Y
Y−
L
W−
L
R−
G
R−
G
R−
B
GR
R−
BW
−B
W−
B
W−
B
B−
WB
−W
G−
Y
W−
B
W−
B
B−
W
L
P−
L
Y−
R
L−
R
A /C M A G NC LU TCH ATE R TEM P . S W
/C )
JU N C TIO NC O N N E C TO R
J 8
4A 1
A1
1
A
I13
I17
R−
G
R − B
IH 115
B−
RF
RO
M P
AR
K/N
EU
TR
AL
PO
SIT
ION
SW
IG 22IG 210
G−
Y
I17
W−
L
W−
L
E A 19
A /C A M PLIF IE R
A 9
5 2 3 7 8 9 6 4
3 1
4 2
EN
GIN
E C
OO
LA
NT
TE
MP
. C
UT
RE
LA
Y
E 8
1
2
A/C
TH
ER
MIS
TO
R
4
1
A/C
DU
AL
PR
ES
SU
RE
SW
A 2
A
1
2
1
E TICW(A
W
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
178
AIR CONDITIONING
A 1 A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH1-GROUND : APPROX. 3.8
A 2 A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW1-4 : OPEN WITH THE REFRIGERANT PRESSURE AT LESS THAN APPROX. 2.1 KG/CM (30 PSI, 206 KPA)
OR MORE THAN APPROX. 27 KG/CM (38 PSI, 2684 KPA)A11 A/C THERMISTOR
2-1 : APPROX. 1.5 K 25°C (77°F)B 4 BLOWER RESISTOR
1-4 : 2.0 1-2 : 0.88 1-3 : 0.32
H10 (A), H11 (B) HEATER CONTROL SW AND A/C SW(A) 1 (A) 9-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION(A) 1-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE HEATER CONTROL SW AT LOW POSITION(B) 9-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE HEATER CONTROL SW AT MEDIUM LOW POSITION(B) 10-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE HEATER CONTROL SW AT MEDIUM HIGH POSITION(B) 13-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE HEATER CONTROL SW AT HIGH POSITION(A) 18-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE RECIRC SW AT ON POSITION(A) 19-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE FRESH SW AT ON POSITION(A) 14-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE FACE SW AT ON POSITION(A) 12-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE B/L SW AT ON POSITION(A) 7-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE FOOT SW AT ON POSITION(B) 4-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE DEF SW AT ON POSITION(B) 11-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE FOOT/DEF SW AT ON POSITION(A) 1, (B) 18-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE A/C SW AT ON POSITION(A) 8, (B) 16-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A 1 22 B 2 24 J 1 25
A 2 22 B 3 24 J 2 25
A 9 24 B 4 24 J 4 25
A10 24 B 5 24 J 7 25
A11 24 E 8 24 J 8 25
A14 24 F11 25 S 8 25
A15 24 H10 A 25 S 9 25
A16 24 H11 B 25 W 4 23
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1 30 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
EY1 30 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE AIR CLEANER)
IG132 COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
IG232 COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
IH132 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
IH232 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EC 30 AIR INTAKE CHAMBER
ID 32 LEFT KICK PANEL
IE 32 RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 3 I1332 COWL WIRE
I 832 COWL WIRE
I1432 COWL WIRE
I1132 COWL WIRE
I17 32 A/C SUB WIRE
I12
SERVICE HINTS
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
179
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
180
J GROUND POINT
HE ADLIG HT LO LH
HE ADLIG HT LO RH
PA RKING L IG HT RH
FR O NT TURN SIG NALLIGHT R H
TR ANSFER NEU TRA LPO SITIO N SW
CE NTER D IFF. LOC KINDICATO R SW
CE NTER D IFF. LOC KCO N TRO L M O TO R
NO ISE FILTER(IG NITIO N SY STE M )
FR O NT D IFF. LO CKCO N TRO L M O TO R
DIFF. LO CK ECU
FR O NT W IPER M O TO R
BLO W ER RESISTOR
P ARKIN G L IG HT LH
FR O NT TU RN SIG NALLIGHT LH
E FI M AIN R ELAY
O IL LEVEL WAR NINGS W
W ATER TEM P. SW(A/C)
(E1)
DO O R KEY LO C K AN DUN LO CK SW RH
DO O R LOCK CO NTR OLS W R H
E 3 E 5
E 4
E 1
2
E A EB
EC
EC
EC1
10
IH14
E17E22 E17
E17
E17
I18
EC 1
9
CLO CK
G LOVE BO X L IGH T SW
BLO W ER SPE EDCO N TRO L RE LAY
EN GINE CO N TRO LM ODU LE
AB S EC U
A /C AM P LIFIER
A /C TH ERM IS TO R
RAD IO AN D P LAYE R
Bb 1
6
IG1
10
B 1
I15
I14
I 3
I13
I17
B 6
IG 2
9
IG 2
1
IE IE
S TER EO C OM PO NENTA M PLIFIER
E NG IN E C O NTROLM ODU LE
W − B
W − B
W − B
W − B
W− B
W− B
W− B
BR BR
W − B
W − B
W − B
W − B
W − B
W − B
W − B
W − B
W − B
BR
BR
BR
W − B
W− B
W− B
W − B W −B
W− B
W− B
BR
W −B W −B
W − B W −B
W −B
W− B
W− B
W− B
G R
R − B
R − B
R −BW − B
W − B
W −B
W −B
W −B
W −B
BR
BR
W−
B
W−
B
BR
W−
BW
−B
BR
−B
W−
B
W−
B
W−
B
W−
B
B R− B
BRBR
W −B W −B
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR(COMBINATION M ETER)
C TIO NNN ECTO R
(G ND1)
(G ND2)
W−
B
Ea 1
3
FR O NT D IFF. LO CKPO SITIO N SW
I14W − B
W−
B
BK1
11
BR
DA TA LINKCO N NECTO R 3
W − B(SG )
HEATED O XYGEN S ENSOR(BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
HEATED O XYGEN S ENSOR(BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
(E1) D ATA L INKC ON NEC TO R 1
(E01)
(E02) E NG IN E C O NTROLM ODU LE
(E03)
BR
BR
B R− B
B R− B
B R− B
AU TO AN TEN NACO N TRO L SW
HA ZARD SW
RE AR WIN DO WDE FO GG ER SW
IF1
4
I14
I16
I16
W− B
W− B
W− B W −B W −B
W−
B
W−
B
I12
I12 B
1
B
2
A
2
A
1
(E1)
(E2)BR BR
BR BR
BR
SHO RT CONNECTO R (SRS)
BS 4 , S 5A
AIRBAGSENSORASSEMBLY
DOOR UNLOCKDETECTION SW FRONT RH
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
JUNC O
J 8
A
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
181
HE ATE R CO NTR O LSW AN D A /C SW
AIR V E NT M O D ECO N TR O L S ER VO M O TO R
A/C S Y STE MAM PLIFIE R
CO M B IN A TIO NM ETE R
KE Y IN TER LO CKSO LEN O ID[IG NITIO N SW ]
A/T IND ICA TO R[C O M B. M ETER ]
CO O L IN G FAN(R AD IO A ND P LA YER )
CIG A R ETTE LIG HTER
RE AR HE A TE R S W
DIM M E R S W[C O M B. S W ]
CO M B IN A TIO NM ETE R
DO O R L OC K C O N TR O LRE LAY
PO W ER W IN DO WM A STE R S W
DO O R K EY LO CK AN DUN LO C K SW LH
P O W ER RE LAY
HE A TER R ELA Y
RH E O STAT
B RA KE FLU ID LEV ELW AR N IN G SW
S EAT BE LT W AR N IN GRE LAY
FLASH R ELAY
M OO N R O O F C O NTR O LS W A ND PE R S O NA LLIGH T
V AN ITY L IG H T RH
M OO N R O O F L IM IT SW
V AN ITY L IG H T LH
CR U ISE CO NTRO LA CTUA TO R
CE N TE R D IFF. LO C KCO NTR O L RE LA Y
RE M O TE CO NTR O LM IR R O R SW
FR O NT/REA R WIPERAND WASHER S W[CO M B. SW]
LIGHT CONTROL SW[COMB. SW]
I11
I 7
I11
I11
W − B
I 6
B 2
B 2
B 2
B 2
I 3
B 8
B 9
B 9
B 8
1
1
BJ1
11
I 6
ID ID
I12
M OO N R O O F C O NTR O LRE LAY
IE16
I 3
W− B
W− B
W− B
W− B
W − B
W − B
W − B
W− B
W−
B
BR
W − B
W− B
W− B
W − B
BR
BR
W − B
W −B
W − B
W − B
W − B
W − B
W−
B
W−
B
W−
B
BR
BR
W−
B
W−
BW
−B
W−
B
W − B
W − B
W − B
W − B
W − B
W − B
W − B
W − B
W − B
W − B
W − B
W − BB
W − B
W − B
W − B
W − B
W − B
W−
B
W−
BW
−B
W−
B
W−
B
W − B
AB S R ELA Y
AB S AC TU ATO R
E23W − B
W − B
W − B
J 2
W − B
O IL P RE S SU R E SE ND E R
NO ISE FILTER(O IL PR ES SU R E S EN DE R )
E13BR
BR
E12(SH IE LD ED )
EY 1
3BRB R
CR U ISE C O N TRO L E CU
CR U ISE C O N TRO L S W[C O M B. S W ]
I 5
BR
BR BR
M OO N R O O F M O TO R
1
B 9W − B
W−
B
(E P)
(G N D)
(E)
W− B
UN LO CK W AR N IN G SW[IG NITIO N SW ]
W − B
(E S)
(ET)
(E)
(E2)
D ATA LIN KC O NN E CTO R 3
I 2
W − B
B
DOOR UNLOCKDETECTION SW FRONT LH
IG NITIO N KEYCY LIN D E R L IG H T
W − B
(C G )
E11
E10
EA 41
BR
BR
A
A
A
A
( SH
IEL
DE
D)
JU NC TIO NC O NN EC TO R
J 7
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
W − B
W −
A
A
A
A
A
JU NC TIO NCO NN E CTO R
W−
B
W −
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
182
J GROUND POINT
A A
A
A
A AA A
A AA A A A
A
A
A AA A
A AA A A A
A
A
A AA A
A AA A21
2 1
YELLOWA YELLOWS 5 5
BG
17 BQ1B 1
BV1
1
REAR COMBINATIONLIGHT RH
REAR DIFF. LOCKPOSITION SW
(W/ POWER SEAT) 3
(W/O POWER SEAT) 3 B 1
B 1
W−B W−B
W−B
W−B W−B
W−B
W−B
W−B W−B
W−BW−B
W−B
W−B
W−
B
W−
B
W−
BW
−B
W−
B
W−
B
W−
B
W−
BW
−B
W−
B
W−
BW−B
W−B
W−B W−B
W−B
W−B
W−B
W−B
W−B
W−B
W−B W−B
W−B
W−B
W−B
REAR WIN D OWDEFO G G ER (− )
REAR WIPE R M O TO R
BACK D O O RCOU R TE SY SW
FUEL SE ND ER
SHIFT LO C K ECU
PO WE R SE AT CO N TRO LSW (D R IV ER’ S S EAT)
ABS DE CELER ATIONSENS O R
FUEL PU M P
BUCK LE SW LH
HIGH M O U NTE D S TO PLIGH T
W O O FE R AM P LIFIER
REA R HE ATER RE LAY
O/D M AIN SW
REA R DIFF. LO CKCO N TRO L M OTO R
REA R CO M B IN ATIO NLIGHT LH
LICENSE PLATELIGHT
B X1
1
B O1
5
B O1
4
B28
B35
BT2
2
B27 B19
BS21
B R14
B M 13
BF
B31
B31
Bh2
B20
B17
B16
POWER SEAT CONTROL
B13
B13
B13
SW (PASSENGER’S SEAT)
(−S)
(E)
S 4J 8 BLUEJ 7 BLUEJ 2 BLUE
(HINT: SEE PAGE 7) (HINT: SEE PAGE 7) (HINT: SEE PAGE 7)
BL1
3
6
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
183
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
J 2 25 J 8 25 S 5 B 25J 7 25 S 4 A 25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)2 18 R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF THE FENDER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA4 30 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (RIGHT FENDER)EC1 30 ENGINE WIRE AND TRANSMISSION WIRE (NEAR THE STARTER)EY1 30 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE AIR CLEANER)Ea1 30 TRANSMISSION WIRE AND SPEED SENSOR WIRE (NEAR THE TRANSMISSION)IE1 32 ROOF WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)IF1 32 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)IG1
32 COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)IG2 32 COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
IH1 32 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)BJ1 34 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)BK1 34 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)BM1 34 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE)BO1 34 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE (BESIDE THE FUEL TANK)BQ1 34 FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)BR1 34 LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)BS2 34 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT REAR SIDE OF ROOF)BT2 36 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)BV1 36 LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE (UNDER THE LOWER BACK PANEL)BX1 36 REAR WINDOW NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR RIGHT)Bb1 36 COWL WIRE AND FRAME WIRE (RIGHT FENDER)Bc1 38 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)Bh2 36 FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FRAME NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)Bj1 38 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE PASSENGER’S SEAT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA 30 FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDEREB 30 FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDEREC 30 AIR INTAKE CHAMBERID 32 LEFT KICK PANELIE 32 RIGHT KICK PANELBF 34 UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOXBG 34 LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 1 I1432 COWL WIREE 3 I15 32 COWL WIRE
E 430 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
I16 32 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIREE 5 30 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE I17 32 A/C SUB WIREE10 I18 32 ENGINE WIREE11 B 1 36 FRAME WIREE12
30 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH WIREB 2 36 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
E13 30 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH WIRE B 6 36 FRONT DOOR RH WIREE17 30 ENGINE WIRE B 8
36 ROOF WIREE22 30 TRANSMISSION WIRE B 9 36 ROOF WIRE
E23 30 B13I 2 B16 36 FLOOR WIREI 3 B17
36 FLOOR WIRE
I 5 B1936 FLOOR NO 2 WIREI 6
32COWL WIRE B20 36 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE
I 7 32COWL WIRE
B27 36 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIREI11 B28 36 BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIREI12 B31 36 FLOOR NO. 3 WIREI13 B35 38 SEAT NO. 1 WIRE
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
184
K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
185
KBrought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
186
K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMBrought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
K
2
1 2 3 4
1 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
14 IH2 13 IH2
4 1 2 1 2 43
3 5
To Engine Control M
odule<
2-5>B
-Y
B
B-G
W R LG
B-Y
B-G
EX IGF IGT
B C
NE G1 G-G2
2
1
4 IH1
EC Air intake chamber
1 B1A W
-BW
-B
S 1 B , S 2 A
STARTER
2
2 15 IH1
1 B1 A
4
3
B
B- R
B-R
B-R
B-LW
B-R
5
2
2
1 6
50AAM1
21 IH1
B-W
B-R
B-W EA28
3 EA26 EA2
1 2
B-W
B-RB
W-R
I 3IGNITION COIL
1 EA2
11
ACC
IG2
IG1
ST1
AM2
1
4 AM1
I12IGNITION SW
B
B- R B- R
P
N
P 1PARK/NEUTRALPOSITION SW
I 2IGNITER
D 2DISTRIBUTOR
BATTERY
, F 8C
, F 7B
F 6A
FUS
IBLE
LINK
Power Source Starting Ignition
To Engine
Control
Module
<2-8>
To A/C
Am
plifier<
23-8>
B- R
2
2
4 EA1
5 EA1
Y-L
B-L
, G 2 BG 1 A
GENERATOR
Y-L B W
B-R
B- R
7. 5A IG
N
13 C
7 B
2
1
7. 5ACHARGE
2
Y-L
B-L
B- L
, C13 CC11 B
CHARGE WARNINGLIGHT[COMB. METER]
W
B
1 C
FL AM
1 1. 25B
FL MA
IN 2. 0L
FL AM2 0. 3P
Charging
1 A
L 2A
3A
1B
IG
S
B
B
W-R
6
B-R
B-R
To Com
binationM
eter<22-6>
To Engine Control
Module<
2-5><
2-6>
1
F11FUSEBLOCK
13987654321 101112
1611109854321 1213146 7 15
CC13
BC11 BLUE
CHARGE WARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]
1 2 3
1
1
1
1
1
AG 1 GRAY
BG 2
AS 2BS 1 BLACK
C, F 8
BF 7 GRAY
AF 6
GENERATOR
STARTER
FUSIBLE LINK
B-L
N 1NOISE FILTER(Ignition System)
B-WB- W
To EngineC
ontrol Module
<2-8>
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
K O
VE
RA
LL ELE
CT
RIC
AL W
IRIN
G D
IAG
RA
M
1 2 3 4
2 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON (Cont. next page)
4
ACC
IG1
ST1
IG2
AM1 2
11 AM2
3 EA3 6 EA2 3 EA2
2 2
2 2
2
2
1 EB1
3
1
4
2
2 2
2 2
14 IH1
3
1
4
2
50A AM
1
15A EFI
5A
6B
1 B1 A1 C
EB
1
2
BF
13 ID2
3 BO1
5 BO1
6
3
M
Front side ofleft fender
Under the centerconsole box
IH117
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
ID IELeftkickpanel
Rightkickpanel
Y- R
R- Y
Y- R
B- L
Y
R
R- W
W- R
Y- R
Y- L
Y- R
Y
W- G
W- R
W- L
W
B- R B- R B- R B- R
R- B
R- W
B- Y
R- Y
B- R
W
R- Y
Y Y
Y
R- W
W- R
Y- R
R
W-B
W-B
W
W-B
W-B
W-B
Y
W-G
W-R
W-L
R-B
R-G
R-G
W-B
B-R
B-R
B-R
B-R
B-R
B-R
R-Y
R-Y
B-R
R-W
BR
Y-R
R
W-R
WW
B-L
W
W
B
W-R
BW R-Y
BR
B-R
Y-R
B- R
B- R
B- L
B- L
R- B
W
Y-R
2 3 1
4 5 2
AA
232
11
AA
16
5
3
22
1 1 1
A
4
A
CG SG SDL
6 B- R
R-G
Y-L
Y- R
I12IGNITION SW
F 4FUEL PUMPRELAY
C 8CIRCUITOPENINGRELAY
EFI M
AIN
RE
LAY
J 1JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
F11FUSEBLOCK
7. 5A IG
N
10A GAU
GE
15A O
BD
FL MA
IN 2. 0L
FL AM1 1. 25B
FL AM
2 0. 3P
FUSIBLE LIN
K
F 6A
, F 7B
, F 8C
F 5FUEL PUMPRESISTOR
BATTERY
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP[COMB. METER]
C10 A , C11 B
BAT
D 3DATA LINKCONNECTOR 3
J 2JU
NC
TION
CO
NN
EC
TOR
J 8JU
NC
TION
CO
NN
EC
TOR
I 4INJE
CTO
R N
O. 1
I 5INJE
CTO
R N
O. 2
I 6INJE
CTO
R N
O. 3
I 7INJE
CTO
R N
O. 4
I 8INJE
CTO
R N
O. 5
I 9INJE
CTO
R N
O. 6
1
1
C, F 8
BF 7 GRAY
AF 6
FUSIBLE LINK
10987654321 13987654321 10 1112
AC10 GRAY BC11 BLUEMALFUNCTIONINDICATOR LAMP[COMB. METER]
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 1718 1920 2122 23 24 25 26
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 101112 13 1415 16
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 101112
AE 4 DARK GRAY CE 5 DARK GRAY BE 6 DARK GRAY
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
Power Source Engine Control
R- W
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 151617 18 19 20 21 22
DE 7 DARK GRAY
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
EA22
7 EA2
F18FU
EL PU
MP
[FUE
L SE
ND
ER]
Y- L
EC Air intakechamber
8 IH2
BR
BR
(SH
IELD
ED)
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
W-B
W- B
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
K
5 6 7 8
2 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON(Cont’ d)
3 D 12 D 1 D 4 D 2 D 17 A 23 A 12 B 11 B 10 B 6 B 5 B 6 C 14 C 22 A 21 A
14 A 13 D 15 A 1 A 2 A 25 A 11 A 12 A 6 D 3 C 16 C 2 C 9 C 19 A 4 C 12 C 11 C 10 C 1 C 16 A 26 A 13 A 24 A 7 C
4 EZ1 3 EZ1
2 EZ1 1 EZ1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
1 2
2 1
EC
14 D 9 D 7 D 8 D 10 D 5 D 11 D 22 D
4 A 6 A 5 A 7 A 7 B 13 C 1 B 5 C
Air intake chamber
Y R
R-Y
Y-R
B-L
YR
R-WW-RY-R
Y-LY-RY
W-GW-RW-LW
BR-B BR-B
BR-B
BR-B
G-Y
R-W
L
W-B
Y R Y-R Y-R Y-R Y-R
BR-BBR-B
Y-RY-R
BR-B
BR-B
W-B
Y-RY
Y B-L
Y-R
R-Y
GRWB-G
B-Y
LL
BR B
L-W LR
L-W
Y B
Y B
Y-R
YR
Y-RY-R
Y-R
Y-R
Y-R
LGRWOR-G
G-Y
R-B
Y-L
B-W
B-R
Y-LBL-W
B-W
B-L
G-W
BR-BG-O
BR-BBR-B
BR-BBR-B
BRBR
BR
BRBR
R-WBR-B
G-W
G-B
R-G
R-W
G-Y
BR-BBR-B
BR-B
GBRL-YWW-L
W-R
W-GYY-R
Y-L
W-B W-B
A A A A A A
2 1
4
3 1 6 431 1 3
1 2 3 4
2531
8 12
424252
A
FC FPR #60 #50 #40 #30 #20 #10 SDL
E2
THA E21 VG E2 THG THW
NENE-
OIL IDL VTA VCC E03 E02 E01 E1 TE1 STP L4 AC SPD TACO OILW STA NSW
HT2 OX2 HT OX
NE2
MRLY +B IGSW W BATT IGF IGT NE G1 G2 G- NE2+ KNK1 KNK2 EGR FPU
TE1THA E21 VG
3(SHIELDED )(SHIELDED )
(SHIELDED )
(SHIELDED) (SHIELDED )
(SHIELDED) (SHIELDED)
+B
J 9JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
C 3CRANKSHAFTPOSITIONSENSOR
K 1KNOCK SENSOR 1
K 2KNOCKSENSOR 2
M 1MASS AIR FLOWMETER
V 3VSV (EGR )
V 4VSV (Fuel Pressure Control )
From Igniter<1-2> From
Distributor<1-2><1-3>
E 1EGR GAS TEMP SENSOR
E 3ENGINE COOLANTTEMP. SENSOR
T 1THROTTLEPOSITIONSENSOR
A 3A/T FLUID TEMP. SENSOR
E2 IDL VTA VC
+B E1 +B E1
ISC4 ISC2 ISC3 ISC1 HT2 OX2 HT1 OX1
+B
E 4 A , E 5 C , E 7 DB, E 6 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
H 5HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR(Bank 1 Sensor 1 )
I 1IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE
H 6HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR(Bank 1 Sensor 2 )
(SHIELDED )
(SHIELDED )
From Stop Light SW<17-3>
From Transfer L4Position SW<20-3>
To Speedometer[Comb. Meter]<22-5>
From Park/NeutralPosition SW<1-1>
From Ignition SW<1-1>
To CombinationMeter<22-6>
Engine Control
D 1DATA LINKCONNECTOR 1
G-W
G-WFrom Cruise ControlECU<11-2>
3E1
4 BNE2-
L
22 IH1
From Engine CoolantTemp. Cut Relay<23-8>
AB
C
D
EF
GHI
JKLMNOP
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
K O
VE
RA
LL ELE
CT
RIC
AL W
IRIN
G D
IAG
RA
M
1 2 3 4
3 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
B
6 EA2
2
2
2
2
FL MA
IN 2. 0L
BATTERY
FUSIBLELINK
2
3
1
4
B-L
W
PowerSource
50AAM1
W
Headlight
4
ACC
IG1
ST1
AM1 2
I12IGNITION SW
FL AM
1 1. 25B
1 B 1 A
15 ID2 12 ID2
ID BF
11 ID2
7
8
Left kickpanel
Under the centerconsole box
ID
4
3
2
1
2 2
2 2 2 2 2
EB EA
11 EA1
2
1
3 EA3
4 EA2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
15AHEAD(LH)
15AHEAD(RH)
Left kickpanel
Front sideof leftfender
Front sideof rightfender
5
6
Shift Lock Light AutoTurn Off
5 8 2
11 9 12
54
A
3 2 2
2 14
761613
A
B A
1 1 1
A
1 1
AB
3 2
3
B- W
B- R
W WW
R- Y
W- B
R- Y R- Y
W- B
R- W
L- R
B- Y
BW
GR
B-W
B-W
GR
B-W
GR
G-W
G-B
G-B
W-B
W-B
W-B
B-W
B-R
R-B
R B-L
W-B
W-B
R-Y R
-Y
R-YR
-Y
W-B
W-BR
-W
R-Y
W-B
R-Y
R-W
R-W
R-W
R-L
R-L
R-W
R-W
R-W R
-L
R-W
R-W
W
EKLS+
DCTY TRLY T
L
L- R
G
G- W
G- R
L- R
IG ACC STPSHIFT LOCKCONTROL SW
SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID
S14SHIFT LOCK ECU
F 6 A , F 8 B
I12KEY INTERLOCKSOLENOID[IGNITION SW]
J 6JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 3JU
NC
TION
CO
NN
ECTO
R
From S
topLight S
W<17-3
15A E
CU
-IG
15A C
IG
10A ECU
-B
J 7JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
F11FUSEBLOCK
IG B
L 1LIGHT RETAINERRELAY
To Door C
ourtesy SW
Front LH<
6-3>
From TAIL R
elay<
4-2>
R-L
H
3
B-O
13
HRLY
HE
AD
RE
LAY
H 2
HEA
DLIG
HT H
I RH
H 4
HE
AD
LIGH
T LO R
H
H 1
HEA
DLIG
HT H
I LH
H 3
HE
AD
LIGH
T LO LH
D 7
DIO
DE
(Headlight )
W-B
OFF
TAIL
HEAD
LOW
HIGH
FLASH
DIM
ME
R SW
LIGH
TC
ON
TRO
L SW
C14COMBINATION SW
J 7JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
C13
HIG
H BE
AM IN
DIC
ATO
R LIG
HT
[CO
MB
. METER
]
1
AF 6 B, F 8
FUSIBLE LINK
EA25
W
P1
P2
P
SLS+
SLS-
A
3
1
2
1 2
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
K
1 2 3 4
4 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
3 B 4 B 1 B 2 B
2 A 1 A
3 A 4 A 1 A 2 A
1 B2 B
2 2 2
3A
5 2 1 4 3 6
9 10 8 7 11 5
1 1 1
A
2
11 IH1 12 IH1
E1 P+ P- D+ D- E2
ABIG2 ACC LA TC TC
B-W
GR
W-L
B-L
B-Y
W-L
B- Y
W- L
1 2
1 2
W B
BR
B-R
W-R
BR
W-L
W-L
GR
B-L
ID
W-B
W-B
Left kickpanel
S 4 A , S 5 B
SHORT CONNECTOR(SRS)
BR
A18AIRBAG SQUIB(Front Passenger’ s Airbag Assembly)
A19AIRBAG SQUIB(Steering Wheel Pad)
A17AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY
D 1DATA LINKCONNECTOR 1
J 3JUNCTIONCONNECTOR[
C10SRS WARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]
B-R
GR
S 6
A, S
7B
S 4
A, S
5B
SH
OR
T CO
NN
EC
TOR
(SR
S)
SH
OR
T CO
NN
EC
TOR
(SR
S)
F11FUSE BLOCK
10A EC
U-B
15A C
IG
7. 5A IG
N
4
ACC
IG1
ST1
IG2
AM1
3
611 AM2
B-R
L-R
W
L- R
B- R
6 EA23 EA3 3 EA2
2
2
2
2
50A AM
1
4
1
3
2
W-R
BW
BW
W-R
W
1 A 1 B1 C
B-L
FL AM
2 0. 3P
FL AM
1 1. 25B
FL MA
IN 2. 0L
BATTERY
F 6 A
, F 8 C
, F 8 C
FUSIBLE LINK
Power Source SRS
F11FUSE BLOCKTAIL
RELAY
15A TA
IL
1
2
3
1
1 1
1
2
R
R
3
2
3
2
5
3
5
3
10 EA1 7 ID2
4 BQ1
3 BV1
1 BV1
BGEB EA
1
2
W-B
W-B
W-B
G G G
G
G
To Light RetainerRelay<3- 3>
W-B
W-B
W- B
G
G
GG
G
Front side ofleft fender
Front side ofright fender
Lower back panel center
G
W
G
B
BBJ 1
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
To Tra ler Socket(Tail and Stop Light)<9- 8>
W-B
R 8
TAILLIGH
T LH[R
EA
R C
OM
B. LIG
HT LH
]
R 9
TAILLIG
HT R
H[R
EAR
CO
MB
. LIGH
T RH
]
L 2LIC
ENS
E PLA
TE LIGH
T
P 2
PA
RK
ING
LIGH
T LH
P 3
PAR
KING
LIGH
T RH
Taillight
G
I12IGNITION SW
11
1234
1 2 3 4
12
1 2
AS 4 YELLOW BS 5 YELLOW
AS 6 YELLOW BS 7 YELLOW
BF 7 GRAY
SHORT CONNECTOR(SRS)
FUSIBLE LINK
F 6 A , F 7 B
SPIRALCABLE
IERight kickpanel
BR
BR
W- B
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
K O
VE
RA
LL ELE
CT
RIC
AL W
IRIN
G D
IAG
RA
M
1 2 3 4
5 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
1
1 1
3 EA3
1
FL MAIN
2. 0L
OFF
TAIL
HEAD
LIGH
TC
ON
TRO
LSW
F 8FU
SIBLE
LINK
BA
TTER
Y
C14
CO
MB
INA
TION
SW
2
11
A
A
4
1
3
2
1
6
2
1
2
1
3
13
6
3
2
1
2 D
18
1
B
B B B
322
2
1 D5 B
A A A A
A
ID
2 B10 A
6 A
1 IF1
L 1LIG
HT R
ETAIN
ERR
ELA
Y
R 7
RH
EO
STAT
W-G
W-G
G
C11
B, C
13C
CO
MB
INA
TION
ME
TER
R 1
A, R
3B
RA
DIO
AN
D P
LAY
ER
R 5
REA
R W
IND
OW
DE
FOG
GER
SW
H 9
HA
ZARD
SW
A21
AU
TO A
NTE
NN
A C
ON
TRO
L SW
A20
AS
HTR
AY ILLU
MIN
ATIO
N
C 7
CIG
ALETTE
LIGH
TERILLU
MIN
ATIO
N
H10
HE
ATER
CO
NTR
OL S
W AN
DA
/C SW
S11
A, S12
B
STE
RE
O C
OM
PO
NE
NT
AM
PLIFIER
R 2
RA
DIO
AN
D P
LAYE
R 9
2
R 4
RE
AR
HE
ATER
SW
G 3
GLO
VE
BO
X LIG
HT
2
1
A A A
A
A
A A A A
A
IE
A
W-G
W-G
W-B
B-L
WW
R
R
G G
G G
G
G
G G
GG GW
-G
W-G
W-G
W-G
W-G
W-G
W-G
W-G
W-B
W-G
W-G
W-B
W
G
G-W
G G G
W-B
W- B
G
W-B
PowerSource Illumination
15A TA
IL
F11FUSE BLOCKTAIL
RELAY
G
G
J 7JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 2JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
Left kick panel
J 1JUNCTION CONNECTOR
(*1 )(*1 )
J 4JUNCTION CONNECTOR
G 4
GLO
VE BO
X LIGH
T SW
J 8JU
NC
TION
CO
NN
EC
TOR
J 5JUNCTION CONNECTOR
Right kick panel
*2 : Bui t−In Type Amplifier*1 : Separate Type Ampl f er
E L
T
(*2 )(*2 )
(*1 )
13987654321 1011 12 1611109854321 1213146 7 15
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10
1 2
3 4 5 6
543216 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
AR 1 GRAY BR 3 GRAY AS11 BS12
BC11 BLUE CC13
COMBINATION METER
RADIO AND PLAYER STEREO COMPORNENT AMPLIFIER
4
1
3
1
15 ID1
8 ID2
B
A
E 9
ELE
CTR
ON
ICALLY
CO
NTR
OLLE
DTR
ANS
MIS
SION
PA
TTERN
SE
LEC
T SW
W-G
W-G
W-B
GG
G
GW
-G
O 4
A/T SH
IFT LEVE
R ILLU
MIN
ATIO
N[O
/D M
AIN
SW
]
, C12
D
(*3 )
(*4 )
12 B
C2
AA
*3 : A/T Indicator Illumnation*4 : Meter Illuminat on
W-B
W- B
13987654321 1011 12
DC12 BROWN
1 3
2
W-B
IF114
G
A
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
K
1 2 3 4
6 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
2
2
F 6FUSIBLE LINK
BATTERY
4
2
FL AM
1 1. 25B
B-L
W
2
2
2 IE1
1
2
1
2
1
2
DO
OR
OFF
ON
BL11
1516
2 BL1
3 IE14 IE1
2
1
3 II2
1
6 IE1
IE
R-BR- B
M 3
PE
RS
ON
AL LIG
HT
[MO
ON
RO
OF C
ON
TRO
L SW]
V 6
VA
NITY
LIGH
T LH
V 7
VAN
ITY LIG
HT R
H
R16
RE
AR
INTER
IOR
LIGH
T
F16 (*1 )F17 (*2 )FR
ON
T INTE
RIO
R LIG
HT
1
2
1
2
1 BP2 13 BK1
2 BP2 14 BK1
9 II2
1D
19D
OO
R C
OU
RTE
SYSW
RE
AR
RH
D15
DO
OR
CO
UR
TESY
LIGH
T RE
AR
RH
D13
DO
OR
CO
UR
TES
YLIG
HT FR
ON
T RH1
2
1 BJ2
4 BJ2
D12
DO
OR
CO
UR
TESY
LIGH
T FRO
NT LH
L-Y
L-Y
L-YR
-L
R-L
R-L
R-L
R-L
R-Y
R-L
R-L
R-Y
R-L
B-WR
-L
W-B
R-Y
R-L
W-B
L-Y
L-Y
L-Y
L-Y
R-L
4 II2
1
2
1 BN2
2 BN2
1 ID2
1
D18
DO
OR
CO
UR
TESY
SW R
EA
R LH
D14
DO
OR
CO
UR
TESY
LIGH
T RE
AR
LHL-Y
R-L
R-Y
R-Y
R-Y
R-Y
BR18
ID24
OFF
DO
OR
ON
1
2
2 BS2
1 BT2
1
2
2 BT2
BF
1 BS2
1 2
3 ID2
1
R-GR- GFrom Door Lock
Control Relay<14- 3>
D 8DIODE(Interior Light)
D 9DIODE(Interior Light)
D16DOOR COURTESYSW FRONT LH
D17DOOR COURTESYSW FRONT RH
B 6
BA
CK
DO
OR
CO
UR
TESY
SW
D10DIODE(Interior Light)
C13OPEN DOOR WARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]
I11IGNITION KEY CYLINDERLIGHT RELAY
2
1
ID
I10IG
NITIO
N KE
YC
YLIN
DER
LIGH
T
Under the centerconsole box
Left kickpanel
Right kick panel
A
A
21
1
3
1
14 3
A
A
1
3
L-YL-Y
L-YW
-BW
-BW
-B
W-B
R-W
R-W
W-B
W-B
W-B
W-B
R-B
R-B
L-Y
L-Y
L-Y
L-Y
L-Y
L-Y
R-G
W- B
L- Y L- Y L- Y L- Y
B
R- Y
R- L R- L R- L R- B
R-B
W-B
R- Y R- Y
R- Y R- W
R- Y
R- LR- WL- Y
L- Y
L- Y
L- Y
L- YL- YL- Y
L- Y
10ADOME
B B
B
B
B
B
(*1)
(*1 )
(*1)
(*2)
R- L
(*1 )(*1 )
(*2 )
J 2JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 7JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
*2 : w/o Moon Roof*1 : w/ Moon Roof
PowerSource Interior Light
J 3JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
B
DCTY LP
3 EA1
L- Y
W-B
(*1)
4 BR1
Left kick panelID
W-B
W-B
4
From Door Lock ControlRelay <14-3>From Seat Belt WarningRelay <17-2>From Light RetainerRelay <3-3>
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
K O
VE
RA
LL ELE
CT
RIC
AL W
IRIN
G D
IAG
RA
M
1 2 3 4
7 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
B
6 EA2
2
2
2
2
FL AM
1 1. 25B
BATTERY
F 6FUSIBLELINK
2
3
1
1
4
B-L
W
Power Source
2
50AAM1
2
W
Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light
4
ACC
IG1
ST1
AM1 2
8 IF1
2
2
15AHAZ- HORN
IF118
EA12
7 IF1 16 IF1 17 IF1 6 IF1
1
1 1
IDBG EAEB
21 ID220 ID2 8 EA17 EA1
10 BQ19 BQ1
2
1
2
12 A 1 A
2 B 1 B
Left kickpanel
Front side ofleft fender
Lower backpanel center
Front side ofright fender
3
22
7 9 5 6 5 1 8
A
1
A
5 5
810
11
98
AA
2 1
22
B- YB
W
G- OG- O
G- Y
G
G- B
G- Y
G- B
G- R
G
G-W
G-W
G-O
G-Y
GG-B
G-B
W-B
W-B
G-Y
G-Y
G-B
G-B
G-Y
G
G-B
G-Y
G-Y
G-B
G-B
G-Y
G-B
G-Y
W-B
W-B
W-BW
-BW
-B
G-R
G G-B
G-Y
E
B L
HAZARDOFF
ONTURN
RH
LH
I12IGNITION SW
H 9HAZARD SW
C14TURN SIGNAL SW[COMB. SW]
F11FUSEBLOCK
FLASHRELAY
7. 5A TU
RN
F 1FR
ON
T TUR
N S
IGN
AL
LIGH
T LH
F 2FR
ON
T TUR
N S
IGN
AL
LIGH
T RH
J 2JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
TRAILER SOCKET(Turn Signal Light)
T 5 A , T 6 B
W-B
LH RH
C11TURN SIGNALINDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER]
1
2
1
2
AT 5 BLACK BT 6 BLACK
TRAILER SOCKET(Turn Signal Light)
J 7JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
R 8REAR TURNSIGNALLIGHT LH[REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]
R 9REAR TURNSIGNALLIGHT RH[REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]
G-Y
Rightkickpanel
IE ID Left kickpanel
W-B
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
K
1 2 3 4
8 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
4 EA4
1
2
M
5 EA4
IEID Right kickpanel
Left kickpanel
16 13 7 18 4 8
2
1A
A
2 3 6 5
A A
1
LGL
L-R
L-Y
W-B
L
+2 +1 +B +S
W-B
W-B
W- B
F 3FR
ON
T WIP
ER
MO
TOR
L- W
L
J 8JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 7JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
L-BL-B
L-BL L
L
L- B
OFF
INT
LO
HI
+B +2 +1 +S B1
OFF
ON
EW W
INT1 INT2
20A WPER
2
1
L
D 6DIODE(Front Washer)
W 2WASHERMOTOR
C15FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW[COMB. SW]
4
ACC
IG1
ST1
AM1 2 B- Y
6 EA2
2
2
2
2
4
1
3
2
I12IGNITION SW
WB
50A AM
1
B
FL AM
1 1. 25B
1
F 6FUSIBLE LINK
BATTERY
B-L
Front Wiper and WasherPowerSource
6 ID1 12 ID1
2 BR1 5 BR1
5 BS1 4 BS1
5 BT1 6 BT1
2 ID1
6 BS1
4 BT1
1 BR2
2 10 1 16
1
1
1
4 6
2
2
L-B
LG
W-B
L-O
L-B
LG
L-B
LG
L-B
L-G
L-B
L-G
L L
L- B
LL
LL
L
L
L
L- B L- O
C15REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW[COMB SW]
WASHER2
OFF
INT
ON
WASHER1
WR CIR +1R EW
D11DIODE(Rear Washer)
W 1WASHER CHANGEVALVE
C1+B
LS
A
A
L
3 1 4
2 3
L- W
L- R
J 7JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
R20REAR WIPER RELAY
R19REAR WIPERMOTOR
W-B2
BT22
BS21
BR14
W- B W- B W- B
W-B
BF IDUnder the centerconsole box
Left kick panel
+S LM
L- O
+1 +B S
E
Rear Wiper and Washer
WIPER SW
WASHER SW
INTERMITTENT WIPER RELAY
EW +2 +1 +B +S W
M
M
F11FUSE BLOCK
E
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
K O
VE
RA
LL ELE
CT
RIC
AL W
IRIN
G D
IAG
RA
M
1 2 3 4
9 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
4
ACC
IG1
ST1
IG2
AM1 2
1
611 AM2
1
3
4
2
5 EC2 4 EC2 1 EC2 2 EC2 3 EC2
22 2 2
2
2
222 2
6 EA2 3 EA2
22 D 1 D
2 B 8 B 10 A 9 A 8 A 18 D 14 D
2
1
1 2 3
EB
2 5
3 6
ID36
ID216
IH211
ID31
ID215
9 D 19 A 4 C 12 C 9 C 11 C 1 C10 C 8 D 16 A 26 A 13 A 24 A 19 D 18 A 21 D
3 A 20 D 17 D 16 D 15 D
B
A
B
22 ID2
4
2
BFEC
OD1 STP L4 THG THW OIL E2 IDL VTA VCC SPD EO3 EO2 EO1 E1 OD2 HI TFN
See Engine Control System<2- 6><2- 7>
B
A
B
A
332
1 1 1
EB11
12 D
Y- R Y- R Y
1 A 1 B 1 C
3 D
W- R
B B- Y
B- W
B- R
R
R- Y
BR O
P- BP- BB- W
WY
B- W
Y
Y
B- R
B- Y
B-L
W-R
WWB
VBR
V-G R R-Y
R-L
R-LR
-Y
R
V-GV
R
G-O
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
-B
P-L
W-B
P-L
P-B
P-B
Y
R- B
O
G- W
P- B
Y
Y
Y- G
R- W
P- B
O
Y
B-W
B-L
B-W
G-W O R-B
EFI MAIN RELAY
15A E
FI
50A A
M1
1 1
4
2 2
3
I12IGNITION SW
B-Y
B-Y
7. 5A IG
N
15A ECU
-IG
10A G
AU
GE
F 6A
, F 8C
E 4 A , E 7 D
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
C, E 5 B, E 6
F11FUSE BLOCK
J 4JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
E 9ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION PATTERNSELECT SW
J 1JU
NC
TION
CO
NN
ECTO
R
J 6JU
NC
TION
CO
NN
EC
TOR
O 4O/D MAIN SW
To Cruise C
ontrolEC
U<
11-2>
See Engine Control
System<
2-7>
See Engine Control
System<
2-8>
See Engine Control
System<
2-8>
P-L
P- L
IGSWNSWMRLY+B
SLS2S1SP2-SP2+
V 2
VEH
ICLE S
PE
ED SE
NSO
R(Electronically C
ontrolled Transmission )
E 2
ELE
CTR
ON
ICA
LLY C
ON
TRO
LLED
TRAN
SM
ISSIO
N SO
LENO
ID
B, F 7
FUS
IBLE
LINK
FL MA
IN 2. 0L
FL AM
1 1. 25B
FL AM2 0. 3P
BATTERY
Front side ofleft fender
NO
. 1
NO
. 2
NO
. 3
Under the centerconsole box
Air intakechamber
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16171819 20212223 24 25 26
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 101112 1314 1516
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 101112
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
AE 4 DARK GRAY CE 5 DARK GRAY BE 6 DARK GRAY DE 7 DARK GRAY
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
PowerSource Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator
(Cont. next page )
2nd
PWR
R-Y
R-Y
FromC
ruiseC
ontrolEC
U<
11-2>
HOLD PWR L 2 R
11
AF 6 BF 7 GRAYC, F 8
FUSIBLE LINK
7 EA2
IH122
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
K
5 6 7 8
9 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON(Cont’ d)
Y
Y
P- B
G- W
O
R- B
Y- G
R- W
P- L
IH212
8 C 9 D 13 D 3 D 4 D 5 D
7 C 12 D 8 D
7 8 10 9 2 3
4
P R N D 2 L
6 IH2 7 IH1 5 IH2 4 IH2 3 IH2 2 IH2
19 ID2
14 BQ1
3
1 1
55
6 D
7 D 10 D 11 D
ID BG
A/T P
2nd STRT
O/D
OFF
PW
R
P R N D 2 L
A
A
R- L
R- B
O
G- W
R- B
R- B
Y- L
R- W
P- LR
-L
R-B
R-W
B-O O
G-W
P-BYR-L
G-WOB-O
R-W
R-B
R-L
R-B
R-B
R-B R
-BW
-B
W-B
W-B
W-B
Y
B
P 1A/T INDICATOR SW[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]
R-L
R-B
R-W
B-O
G-R
O
Left kick panel
J 7JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
C12 D , C13 C
COMBINATION METER
R- B
T 4TRAILER SOCKET(Tail and Stop Light)
Lower back panel center
R 8
BA
CK
-UP
LIGH
T LH[R
EA
R C
OM
B. LIG
HT LH
]
R 9
BA
CK
-UP
LIGH
T RH
[RE
AR C
OM
B LIG
HT R
H]
13987654321 10 1112 1611109854321 1213146 7 15
DC12 BROWN CC13
COMBINATION METER
Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator Back−Up Light
IH16
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
2 1G-W G
From Stop Light
SW
<17-3>
From ”
TAIL”
Fuse<
4-3>
2 1
D28DIODE(Neutral Detection)
B-O
B- O
To Cruise C
ontorol EC
U<
11-2>
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
K O
VE
RA
LL ELE
CT
RIC
AL W
IRIN
G D
IAG
RA
M
1 2 3 4
1 A 2 B 4 B
23 B 24 B 11 B 1 B 13 B 26 B 18 B 6 B 15 A 5 B 13 A
2 A 4 A 3 A 1 B 5 B
4 A 1 B 4 B 3 B 2 B 5 B 3 A 1 A
2 B 15 B 9 B 22 B 10 B 16 B 3 B 1 A 9 A 7 A
6B
2 EA3 1 EA3IH120
IEID
2 Bd1 4 Bd1 1 Bd1 3 Bd1
2 11 2
GND1 GND2 FL+ FL- FSS FR+ RR+
WMR R- SR SFR SFL SRR AST
BR
BR
BR
V P B Y
W B W BBR
W-B
Right kickpanel
A23ABS SPEED SENSORFRONT LH
A24ABS SPEED SENSORFRONT RH
M
B-W
B-W
G-B
LG-Y
G
LG
L-R
L-Y
L-WB- L
B- R
W- B
16 A 8 A
2 ID3 3 ID3 11 ID3 4 ID3 5 ID3
5 BQ2 4 BQ2 6 BQ2 2 BQ2 1 BQ2
4 Bh1 3 Bh1 5 Bh1 2 Bh1 1 Bh1
1 Bf1 2 Bf1 1 Bg1 2 Bg1
1 12 2
W R
BR
-B G L
W R G L
W R
GR
G L
W R
W-B
Y-G L
B W B W
A25ABS SPEED SENSORREAR LH
A26ABS SPEED SENSORREAR RH
FR- RL- RL+ RSS RR-
MT TS TC
16 11 22
BS SFR SFL SRR AST MT BM GND
TS TC WA
23
WB
13 IH1 11 IH1 23 IH1
GR
-R
B-Y
OO
O
B-Y
GR
-R
R- L R- L
D 1DATA LINKCONNECTOR 1
A 4 A , A 5 BA 6 A , A 7 B
ABS ACTUATORABS RELAY
+BS W
BM MR R- SR BS
GND +BM
25 B 12 B 12 A 3 A 10 A
12 ID313 ID314 ID3
ID215
Left kickpanel
4
ACC
IG1
ST1
AM1 2
6 EA2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1 A1 B
3 EA3
50A AM1
60A A
BS
B- W
B- Y
W
W-B
WW
B-L
W
BB B
-W
B- W
W
W
I12IGNITION SW
4
1 1
2 2
3
FL MA
IN 2. 0L
FL AM
1 1 25B
FUS
IBLE LIN
K
F 6A
, F 8B
14 A6 A19 B
GS1 GS2 GST GND
PKBSTPEXI
B- W
B- Y
O
YY
B-Y
B-W
B-W
B-R Y Y-B
Y-R
Y Y-B
Y-R
W-B
P-B
G-W
R-B
3 2 1 6
4
A B
3 2 3
A B
5
4
111
B-W
B
15A E
CU
-IG
10A EC
U-B
10A G
AUG
E
BAT +B GS1 GS2 GST
IGC
10AB
S W
ARN
ING
LIGH
T[C
OM
B. M
ETER
]
A22ABSDECELERATIONSENSOR
J 1JU
NC
TION
CO
NN
ECTO
R J 6JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
F11FUSEBLOCK
To Center D
iff. LockIndicator S
W<
20-1>
From S
top Light SW<
17-3>
To Parking Brake S
W and
Brake Fluid Level W
arningS
W<
22-6>
Under the centerconsole box
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 161718 19202122 23 24 25 26
A12 A , A13 B
ABS ECU
BA13 DARK GRAY
ABS ECU
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 101112 13 141516
AA12 DARK GRAY
ABS ECU
21
3 41 2 3
4 5 6
AA 4 BLACK BA 5 GRAY
ABS ACTUATOR
PowerSource ABS
BATTE
RY
(SHIELDED) (SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
W
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
BF
1
4 5
2 3
6
BA 7 GRAY
ABS RELAY
1 2
3 4
AA 6 GRAY
1
AF 6 B, F 8
FUSIBLE LINK
(*1 )
10 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
K
1 2 3 4
1 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
4
3
15 53 2 1 7 6 5
5
A
B
1 1 1
1319 18 25 24 23 11 12 10
233
9
11B
14 8 1622 21 72 15 20
GNDCMS CCS VR3 VR2 VR1 MC MO L
TC
20
4
ID
R
LL-RY
Y-G
Y-L
B-G
Y-R
BR
R-G
RE
SU
ME
/A
CC
ELB
RBR
C15CRUISE CONTROL SW[COMB. SW]
C 4CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR
C17CRUISE CONTROL ECU
S13CRUISE CONTROLSTOP SW[STOP LIGHT SW]
Left kick panel
A
11 IH1
B-Y
B-W
B-Y
G-Y
G-W
R-Y
G-W
B-O
B-R
L-W
YY
B-W
J 6JU
NC
TION
CO
NN
EC
TOR
F11FUSE BLOCK
SPDB Tc STP-ECT IDL PiD BATT
J 1JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
To Electronically
Controlled
Transmission
Solenoid<
9-2>
D 1
DA
TA LINK
CO
NN
EC
TOR
1
10A E
CU
-B
10A G
AU
GE
15A EC
U-IG
C10
CR
UIS
E CO
NTR
OL
IND
ICA
TOR
LIGH
T[C
OM
B M
ETER
]
4
ACC
IG1
ST1
AM1 2
I12IGNITION SW
6 EA2
2
2
2
2
3 EA3
1 B 1 A
B- Y
B- Y
W
BW
B-L
W
B
B-Y
W1
4
3
2
50A AM
1
FL AM1 1. 25B
FL MAIN
2. 0L
BATTERY
F 6A
, F 8B
FUS
IBLE
LINK
PowerSource
Cruise Control
15 IH2 19 IH1
G-R
G-W
From Stop Light SW
<17-3>
To Speedom
eter[C
omb. M
eter]<
22-5>1
B, F 8AF 6
FUSIBLE LINK
To ThrottlePositionSensor<
2-7>
9
G-O
OD
From E
ngineC
ontrol Module
<9-2>
EP
CMS CCS
BR
MAIN
CA
NC
EL
SE
T/C
OA
ST
From P
ark/Neutral
Position S
W<
9-7>
26
L-
W-B
W- B
M
1
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
K O
VE
RA
LL ELE
CT
RIC
AL W
IRIN
G D
IAG
RA
M
1 2 3 4
12 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
M1 2
M2 1
M2 1
M1 2
M1 2
M1 2
M1 2
M2 1
M1 2
5 9 8 4 7 12 11 2 65 8 4 7 12 11 2 6 3 9 1
R G R-L
G-L
R-B
G-B
R-Y
G-Y
G
R-W
FRO
NT
REA
RFR
ON
T
REA
RU
P
DO
WN
UP
DO
WN
FRO
NT
REA
R
SLIDE RECLINING FRONT VERTICAL REAR VERTICAL LUMBAR SUPPORT
W-BP
20P
OW
ER SE
AT M
OTO
R(D
river’s S
eat S
lide Control )
P19
PO
WER
SEA
T MO
TOR
(Driver’
s Seat
Reclining C
ontrol)
P16
PO
WER
SEA
T MO
TOR
(Driver’
s Seat Front
Vertical C
ontrol )
P18
PO
WER
SEA
T MO
TOR
(Driver’
s Seat R
ear V
ertical Control )
P17
PO
WER
SEA
T MO
TOR
(Driver’
s Seat Lum
bar S
upport Control )
R-Y
G-B
R-B
G-L
R-L
GR G-Y
1 Bc1
10 ID2
3 Bc1 3 Bi1
BM13
W-B
W-B
FRO
NT
REA
RFR
ON
T
REA
RU
P
DO
WN
UP
DO
WN
P15POWER SEAT CONTROL SW(Passenger’ s Seat)
P14POWER SEAT CONTROL SW(Driver’ s Seat)
W-B
W- B
P24
PO
WER
SEA
T MO
TOR
(Passenger’s S
eat S
lide Control )
P23
PO
WER
SEA
T MO
TOR
(Passenger’s S
eat R
eclining Control )
P21
PO
WER
SEA
T MO
TOR
(Passenger’s S
eat Front V
ertical Control )
P22
PO
WER
SEA
T MO
TOR
(Passenger’s S
eat Rear
Vertical C
ontrol )
SLIDE RECLINING FRONT VERTICAL REAR VERTICAL
1 Bi1
L-B
L-BL-B
L-BL
L
L
10 10
4
3
30A FL P
OW
ER
F11FUSE BLOCK
6 EA2
2
2
2
2
WB
50A AM
1
1
2
FL AM
1 1. 25B
BATTERY
F 6FU
SIBLE
LINK
B-L
1
BF Under the centerconsole box
PowerSource
Power Seat
3
4
B
6 II2
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
K
1 2 3 4
13 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
6 EA2
2
2
2
2
FL AM1 1. 25B
50AAM1
BATTERY
F 6FUSIBLE LINK
1 1
1 1
A
A
IEM
3 1
11 BJ1
2 1 6 13
L- B
J 2JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
POWERRELAY
30A FL PO
WE
R
F11FUSEBLOCK
P 9POWER WINDOW MOTORREAR LH
Rightkickpanel
M2 1
2 BN1 1 BN1 3 BN1
5 ID1 11 ID1
16 BJ1 17 BJ1
M3 1
2 BK1 5 BK1 1 BK1
2 BJ1 5 BJ1
M2 1
2 BP1 1 BP1 3 BP1
2 II1 1 II1
12 BJ1 15 BJ1
BJ11
FRONT LH FRONT RH REAR RH REAR LH
LOCK
NORMAL
WINDOWLOCKSW
DO
WN
UP
DO
WN
UP
DO
WN
UP
DO
WN
UP
E1 E FLU FLD FRU FRD RRU RRD RLU RLD
12 5 11 14 10 9
BW BW1
7 8
L-B
-+
+-
3 4
3
2
3
1
4
21
1
4 W-B
B-L
WB
L
G-O
L-B
W-B
W-B
B R
B-G
R-G
B
B
From D
oor LockC
ontrol Relay
<14-2>
L- B
2 3 5
1 4
W-B
W-B
B R
B-O
R-G
B-O
R-G
L-B
P 7POWER WINDOW MOTORFRONT LH
L- B
UP
DO
WN
L- B
L B
L-B
R-Y
B-Y
R-L
B-L
B-L
R-L
B-Y
R-Y
P 6POWER WINDOW MASTER SW
3 II1 1 ID1
1 4 1 4
2 3 5 2 3 5
L-B
L-B
L-B
R-Y
B-Y
L-B
R-L
B-L
B-L
R-L
B-L
R-L
B R B R
L- B L- B
UP
DO
WN
UP
DO
WN
P 8POWER WINDOW MOTORFRONT RH
P10POWER WINDOW MOTORREAR RH
P11PO
WE
R W
IND
OW
SWFR
ON
T RH
P13PO
WE
R W
IND
OW
SWR
EAR
RH
P12PO
WE
R W
IND
OW
SWR
EAR
LH
Power WindowPower Source
W-B
L- B
ID Left kickpanel
W-B
W-B
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
K O
VE
RA
LL ELE
CT
RIC
AL W
IRIN
G D
IAG
RA
M
1 2 3 4
14 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
4
ACC
IG1
ST1
AM1 2
1
FL AM
1 1. 25B
2
2
2
2
6 EA2
20 BJ1
To Door C
ourtesy SW
Front RH
<6-2>
10A G
AUG
E
BJ28 6 BJ2 5 BJ2
LOC
K
UN
LOC
K
LOC
K
UN
LOC
K
LOC
K
UN
LOC
K
UN
LOC
K
LOC
K
BJ119
BJ23
BJ27
17 BK1 18 BK1 20 BK1
11 BJ1
ID
4 BJ1 3 BJ1
M
4
21
3
M
4
21
3
12 BK1 3 BK1
14 BJ1
11 BK1 4 BK1
2 BJ2
4
2
M
4
2
M
4
2
M
8 BP1 8 BN1
3 BS1
3 BT17 BP1 7 BN1
BJ113
ID17
II111
II112
ID18
4 BR2
1 BT1
30AFL P
OW
ER
B
Left kick panel Right kick panel
To PO
WER
Relay
<13-1>
<15-2>
To U
nlock Warning S
W[Ignition SW
]<
17-2>
To Door C
ourtesy SW
Front LH<
6-3>
BB
YY
Y
L
G-O
R-B
R-G
R-L
G-O
L
R-B
R-B
R-G
WB
-L
L-B
L-Y
G-R
L-B
L-Y
G-R
G-Y
W-B
W-B
G-R
L-Y
L-B
W-B
W-B
L-R
LG
L-R
W-B
L-WL-W
L-W
L-OL-O
L-O
L-RL-R
L-R
W-B
L-W
L-W
L-W
L-WL-R
L-R
L-R
L-WL-W
L-W
L-R
B 7
BA
CK D
OO
RLO
CK M
OTO
R
P 6
DO
OR
LOC
K C
ON
TRO
L SW
LH[P
OW
ER W
IND
OW
MA
STE
R S
W]
F 6FU
SIBLE
LINK
BATTER
Y
F11FU
SE B
LOC
K
D20
DO
OR
KEY
LOC
K AN
DU
NLO
CK S
W LH
D21
DO
OR
KEY
LOC
K AND
UN
LOC
K SW
RH
D23
DO
OR
LOC
KC
ON
TRO
L SW R
H
D24
DO
OR
LOC
K M
OTO
R AN
DD
OO
R U
NLO
CK
DE
TEC
TION
SW FR
ON
T LH
D25
DO
OR
LOC
K M
OTO
R AN
DD
OO
R U
NLO
CK
DE
TEC
TION
SW FR
ON
T RH
D27
DO
OR
LOC
KM
OTO
R R
EA
R R
H
D26
DO
OR
LOC
KM
OTO
R R
EA
R LH
W-B
W-B
IE
B
B- Y
W- B
L- Y
L- Y
L- B
W- B
L- W
L- W
L- R
L- RL- R
L- RL- RL- R
L- W L- W
LSWP
L- Y
G- R G- R
B
J 8JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
D22DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY
I12IGNITION SW
50AAM1
PowerSource Door Lock Control
4
A
1 3 3 4
A
4
11 12 9 16 6 3 4 5
3
A
3
8 15 7 2 14
4 3 1 2 1 2 3
J 1JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
1
2
1
10
1
3
L- B
PCTY
UL1 L2 UL2 E LSWD ACT- ACT+L1
IG B RLY KSW DCTY
A
2
L- W
1 BS1
3 BR2
L-R
L-RL-R
L- W
L-W
L-W
W-B
W-B
W- B
W- B
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
K
1 2 3 4
15 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
B
6 EA2
2
2
2
2
FL AM
1 1. 25B
15AHAZ- HORN
BATTERY
F 6FUSIBLE LINK
2
3
1
1
4
B-L
W
Power Source Horn
2 1
3
2
4
11
11
5 IE1
ID
IE16
1
2
2
2 2
2
2
1 EA1
10
Left kick panel
50AAM1
2
6 8 9 5 4 11 3 7 1 2
4
A
25 4
3
A
2
1 4 6 3 5 2 3 6
1
A
1 1
G- O
L- B
W- B W- B
W- B W- B W- B
G- W
W
B
L-B
W-B
W-B
L
W-B
W-B
G-Y
P
R-W
R-Y
RGR-L
G-W
G-R
G-R
G-W
G-O
W
Moon Roof
IG LS. 1 LS. 2 - + GND UP DOWN OPEN CLOSE
From Door LockControl Relay<14- 2>
POWERRELAY
M 2MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY
F11FUSEBLOCK
30A FL POW
ER
J 2JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
M 4MOON ROOFLIMIT SWAND MOTOR
M 3MOON ROOFCONTROL SW
NO
. 1
NO
. 2 UP
DO
WN
OPE
N
CLO
SE
HORNRELAY
H 8HORN RH(Low)
H 7HORN LH(High)
C14HORN SW[COMB. SW]
M
3
IE Right kick panel
W-B
W- B
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
K O
VE
RA
LL ELE
CT
RIC
AL W
IRIN
G D
IAG
RA
M
1 2 3 4
16 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
LO
FL MA
IN 2. 0L
1 A1 B
2
2
2 2
2
6 EA23 EA3
4
ACC
IG1
ST1
AM1
3
2
FL AM
1 1. 25B
20A RE
AR
-HTR
21
21 1
B
B
2
6
1
4
3
MA
A
II22
IDBF
3 BM1
1 II2 5 II2
Under the centerconsole box
Left kick panel
1
15A TAIL
2
1
15A C
IG2
A
A
A
A
A
A
IE
B B
3 EA1
Right kick panel
L- W
B- Y
L- R
W
W
L- W
W- B
GR GR
B-L
W
WW
BW
BW B-Y
B-Y
YY
L-W
L-W
W-B
L
W-B
W-B
L-B
L-Y
L-B
L-Y
W-B
W-B
W-B
W-B
W-B
G
GR
GR G
R
L-R
L-YL-Y
L-Y
WW
1
3 2
5
2 4 24 2 1
11 3
I12IGNITION SW
F 6 A , F 8 B
FUSIBLE LINK
50AAM1
10ADOME
F11FUSE BLOCK
R14REAR HEATER
J 7JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 8JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 3JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
R 4REAR HEATER SW
R15REAR HEATERRELAY
F11FUSE BLOCK
TAILRELAY
J 3JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 4JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
C 9CLOCK
C 6CIGARETTELIGHTER
Power Source Rear Heater CigaretteLighter Clock
J 4JUNCTIONCONNECTOR1
2
3
10A G
AU
GE
HI
LO
HI
BATTERY
1 1
2 3
See TaillightSystem
<4-2
1
3
2
4
FUSIBLE LINK
1
F 6 A , F 8 B
A
3 1
2
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
K
1 2 3 4
17 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
FL MA
IN 2. 0L
FL AM
1 1. 25B
4
ACC
IG1
ST1
AM1
3
2
2
22
2
1 A1 B
2
6 EA23 EA3
1
10A GAU
GE
3
1
10A STOP
2
2
2
AA
A
3 EA1
B
B
14 ID2
2
1
BF
9
10
A
A
A
A
ID
1
2
3 BQ1
3 BS2
2 ID2
BR11
1 BS2
4 BR1
BG BF
IE
Power Source Unlock and Seat Belt Warning Stop Light Auto Antenna
50AAM1
10ADOME
Under the centerconsole box
Left kick panel Lower backpanel center
Under the centerconsole box
Right kickpanel
2
10
5 9
6
1
6
5
4 8 7 1
5 5
To Door C
ourtesy SW
Front LH<
6-3>
From D
oor LockC
ontrol Relay<
14-2>
BW
WW
B-L
W
L-YY
L-YL-YY
G
R-B
R-B
R-B
W-B
W-B
W-B
G-O
G-W
G-W
G-W
G-W
G-W
G-W
W-B
G-W
W-B
W-B
W-B
W-B
B
W
YG
G
W- B W- B
G- W
G- W
G- W G- W
L- R
B- YW
W
I12IGNITION SW
FUS
IBLE
LINK
F 6 A , F 8 B
BATTERY
1
4
23
F11FUSE BLOCK
F11FUSE BLOCK
3
1
BKL CTY L- SW E
IG B
C10SEAT BELT WARNINGLIGHT[COMB. METER]
J 1JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
S 3SEAT BELTWARNING RELAY
I12U
NLO
CK
WA
RN
ING
SW[IG
NITIO
N SW
]J 7JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 2JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
B 8BUCKLESW LH
G- W
G-W
G- W
To Shift Lock
EC
U<
3-2>
S13STOP LIGHT SW
To TRAILERSOCKET(Tail and Stop Light)<9- 7>
R 8
STOP
LIGH
T LH[R
EA
R C
OM
B.
LIGH
T LH]
R 9
STOP
LIGH
T RH
[RE
AR
CO
MB
. LIG
HT R
H]
2
1
B, F 8
AF 6
FUSIBLE LINK
*1 : w/ Power Seat*2 : w/o Power Seat
IE Right kickpanel
W-B
W-B
H12
HIG
H M
OU
NTED
STOP
LIGH
T2
Bc1
Bj1
2
GG
W-B
W-B
(*2)
(*1)
(*1)
(*2)3
Bc1
Bj1
3
3 IF1
1
12 IF1
4 IF1
W-B
W-B
A
GR
GR
A
J 3JU
NC
TION
CO
NN
EC
TOR
A
J 3JU
NC
TION
CO
NN
EC
TOR
F11FUSE BLOCK
2
1
15A C
IG
B-Y
B- Y
L- R
To Engine ControlModule <2-7>To ABS ECU<10-4>To Cruise ControlECU<11-4>
A J 8JU
NC
TION
CO
NN
EC
TOR
13 IF1
L-YL
M1 2
5 3
DO
WN
A 8
AUTO ANTENNA
MOTOR
UP
24
GR
A 21
AUTO ANTENNA
CONTROL SW
L-YL
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
K O
VE
RA
LL ELE
CT
RIC
AL W
IRIN
G D
IAG
RA
M
1 2 3 4
18 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
2
2
2
2
6 EA23 EA3
4
ACC
IG1
ST1
AM1
3
2
IE
1
3 2
4
1
1 1
17 ID2
2 BR2
2 BS1
2 BT1
4 IF14 BR1
1 BS2
2 BT2
1 BX1
1 A
1 B 1 A
1 B
3
2
6
BF
10AGAUGE
20ADEFOG
1J 4JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
B
3 3
1
4
3
B
2
1 1
A
A
Y L-O L-YL-Y
Y L-Y
BW
-BW
-BW
-BBL-G
B-L
WB
W
BW
Y
L-O
W-B
W-B
W-B
W-B
W
L- O
B
B
B- Y
F 6 A , F 8 B
R18 B
, R18 B
I12IGNITION SW
YA A
50AAM1
F11FUSE BLOCK
11 IF12 IF1
J 1JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
Y
DEFOGRELAY
REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER
FUSIBLE LINK
FL MA
IN 2. 0L
FL AM
1 1. 25B
J 8JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
R 5REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER SW
Right kick panel Under the centerconsole box
BATTERY
115A
CIG
F11FUSE BLOCK
L- R
W
L- R
10 BJ1
MM
6 BJ19 BJ1 9 BK1 6 BK1 10 BK1
IDLeft kick panel
A
1 2 3
A
W G Y W
G
G-R
W-B
W-B
GR
1
2
R 6REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW
WYG
R21REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR LH
R22REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR RH
J 2JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
Power Source Remote Control MirrorRear Window Defogger
IG
D
E
BU11
1
A , F 8 BF 6
FUSIBLE LINK
R17 A
R17 A
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
MM
1 2 3
WYG
HL VL M+E HR VR
RHRHLH LH
LEFT
RIG
HT
UP
DO
WN
LEFT/U
P
RIG
HT
/DO
WN
OP
ER
ATIO
N S
WS
ELEC
T SW
4 9 2 10 6 3
Y-R
Y W
B
IE Right kickpanel
W-B
W-B
1 1
BLACK BLACK
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
K
1 2 3 4
Radio and Player
4
ACC
IG1
ST1
AM1
3
2
3 2
1 1
6 EA2
2
2
2
2
4
3
FL AM1 1. 25B
BATTERY
F 6FUSIBLE LINK
1
2
1
50A AM1
15A C
IG
10A GAU
GE
I12IGNITION SW
B- Y
L- R
1
4
M
ID
A
A
B
B
A
AA
A
C16COOLING FAN(Radio and Player)
2
2
GR3A
(*2)
J 4JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
9 A 6 B
16 II1 15 II1 8 II2 14 II1
9 3 6 2
J 3JU
NC
TION
CO
NN
EC
TOR
Left kickpanel
BF Under the centerconsole box
7
3 BM1
J 7JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
(*3 )(*3 )
W-B
B-L
BB
W W
GR
Y
F11FUSE BLOCK
Y
(*3 )
W-B
(*2 )
(*2)
(*3 )
GR
R-B
LG
B(*3 )G
R
(*3 )R
-B
(*3 )Y
+B AMP+ RL- RL+
GND
R-B
(*3 )Y
(*3 )R
-B
2 1W 5WOOFER(SPEAKER)
(*3 )
(*3 )
W-B
W-B
LG-R
LG-B
10 4
2 17 BJ18 BJ1
2 1
19 ID1 20 ID1
F15FRONT DOORSPEAKER RH
F10FRONT SPEAKERRH
L
LG
L
LG
RW R
W
Y B
B
Y
R- B
(*3 )
(*3 )
(*3)
(*3 )
(* 1)
8 BK1 7 BK12 1
2 1
F14FRONT DOORSPEAKER LH
F 9FRONT SPEAKERLH
V PV P (*3 )
(*3 )
(*3 )
(*3 )
BY
BY
17 II1 18 II1
2 B
4 A
1 B
5 1
WF- WF+ RR- RR+
W(*3)
R(*3)
W R
(*2 )Y
(*2 )B(*2 )
W
B
Y
R
W
(* 1)GR
(* 3)
R- B
(* 1)
AMP RL- RL+RR- RR+
ACC
(*3 )
(*3 )
RW
Y BR12REAR DOORSPEAKER LH
R23ROOF SPEAKERLH
2 1
5 BN1 6 BN1
7 BR16 BR1
2 1
R24ROOF SPEAKERRH
R13REAR DOORSPEAKER RH
W R
W R
(*3)
(*3 )
1 BW1 2 BW1
5 BP1 6 BP1
2 1
2 1
6 A 2 A 5 A 1 A
(*3 )L LG
(*3 )
(*3 )L
LG(*3 )
(*2 )R (*2 )V (*2 )P (*2 )L
7 A
FL- FL+ FR- FR+ GND
+B
BR(*2)
(*1)
P
(*1)V
(*1)R
(*1)
W
(*1)B
(*1)Y
(*1)
R- B
(*1)GR
(*1)R- B
LG
RADIO AND PLAYER
R 1 A , R 3 B
W 6WOOFER AMPLIFIER
PowerSource
PW
J 3JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
(*1 )
BB
10ADOME
1
3
2
2
1B
12A
5A
11A
4A
8A
3A
7A
2A
1A ACC
AMP+
RL-
RL+
RR-
RR+
FL-
FL+
FR-
FR+
10 A
+B
9 A
IE Right kickpanel
BR
B
W
(*2)L- Y
GND
4B
5B
6B
7B
3B
12B
13B
14B
15B
11B
+B
MUTE
FL+
FR+
ACC
S GND
BEEP
RL+
RR+
GND11
15
14
13
12
3
7
6
5
4
1
+B
MUTE
FL+
FR+
ACC
S GND
BEEP
RL+
RR+
GND
AMP+
LG- R
(*1)
B
G
L
B- L
R
W
Y
BR
(*1)
(*1)
(*1)
(*1)
(*1)
(*1)
(*1)
(*1)
(SHIELDED)
W-B
W-B
R 2RADIO ANDPLAYER
S11 A , S12 B
STEREO COMPONENTAMPLIFIER
EA13
L- Y
3 B
L- Y
L-Y
(*2)BR
L(* 1)
(*1)
L- Y
(*1)
*1 : Separate Type Amplifer*2 : Built- In Type Amplifier*3 9 Speaker(w/ CD)
(*1)
BY
LG
(*1 )
BS12AS11BR 3 GRAYAR 1 GRAY
RADIO AND PLAYER STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10
1 2
3 4 5 6
543216 7 8 9 1011 12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
8 A
V
VV
(*1)
(*2 )
ANT
To AutoA
ntennaE
CU
<17-4>
V 8ANT
19 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
K O
VE
RA
LL ELE
CT
RIC
AL W
IRIN
G D
IAG
RA
M
1 2 3 4
20 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
B
6 EA2
2
2
2
2
FL AM
1 1. 25B
50AAM1
BATTERY
F 6FUSIBLE LINK
2
3
1
1
4
B-L
W
4
ACC
IG1
ST1
AM1 2
3 2
1 1
B- YB
B-Y
I12IGNITION SW
F11FUSE BLOCK
10A G
AUG
E
30A D
IFF
Power Source Center Differential Lock
8 C
7 C
3 IH1
1 EC1
1
2
IF12
9 IF1
8 EC1 12 EC1 7 EC1 11 EC1
10 IH1 16 IH1 8 IH1 9 IH1
ID Left kickpanel
EC
10 EC1
1
2
7
4
2 EC1
IH124
6 IH1
3 EC1
1
2
4 EC1
6 IH2
Air intake chamber
4 10 1 5
A
B
9 37
A
6352
4
A
B 7
A
B 10Y
L- B
Y
Y Y B
B- L
W- B
W- B
B
L-B
W-B
W-B
G-Y
G
G-B
G-R
G-R
G-B
G G-Y
G-R
G-B
G G-Y
B-L
B-L
W-B
W-B
Y-G
Y- G
R-L
R-L
P-BY
-BY
-BY
Y
YY
B-L
Y
P-B
AC10 GRAY BC11 BLUE
J 1JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
T 2TR
AN
SFER
L4P
OS
ITION
SW
P 1
A/T IN
DIC
ATO
R S
W[PA
RK/N
EUTR
AL P
OS
ITION
SW
]
J 4JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
C 2
CE
NTE
R D
IFF. LOC
KIN
DIC
ATO
R S
W
T 3TR
ANS
FER N
EU
TRA
LP
OS
ITION
SW
From A
BS
EC
U<
10-4>From
Diff. Lock E
CU
<21-3>
COMBINATION METER
S10SHORT PIN(Center Diff. Lock)
To Engine C
ontrolM
odule<2-7>
C 5CENTER DIFF. LOCKCONTROL RELAY
2
J 2JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
C 1CENTER DIFF. LOCKCONTROL MOTOR
B-Y
W-B
W- B
M
5 A
2 B
CENTERDIFE. LOCK
A/T P
C10 A , C11 B , C13 C
COMBINATION METER
IH216
Y- G
Y- L
D28DIODE(Neutral Detection)
IE Rightkickpanel
W-B
W-B
10987654321 13987654321 1011 12 1611109854321 12 13146 7 15
CC13
2
1
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
K
1 2 3 4
21 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
B
6 EA2
2
2
2
2
FL AM1 1. 25B
50AAM1
BATTERY
F 6FUSIBLE LINK
2
3
1
1
4
B-L
W
4
ACC
IG1
ST1
AM1 2
10 ID1 3 ID1 14 ID1 9 ID1
M
BG
6 Bh2
5 A
10 C 9 C
2 Bb1 1 Bb1 4 Bb1 3 Bb1
M
IE
6 Bb1
G-Y
6 BQ15 BQ12 BQ11 BQ1
G-Y
3 Bh24 Bh21 Bh22 Bh2
13 ID1 5 Bb1
5 Bh2
12 BQ1
1
2
1
2
Right kick panel Lower back panel center
5134 7 14 16 1 3 11 10 15
4
A
4
2 3
1 2
AA
6532
2 3 5 6
8 12 6
1 1
A A
9
2
W- B
G- R
W
YY
L- B
B- YB
W- B
W- B
W G-R
G-R
W-B
Y-W
Y-W
W
P-BL-W
W-B
L-BL-B
B-Y
L-Y
L-BLL-RL-G L L-B
L-Y
R-B
B-G
W-B
W-B
W-B
W-B
W-B
W-B
W-B
W-B
G-Y
G-Y
G-B
GG-L
G-B
GG-L
G-B
G
G-O
G-B
G
G-O
4
SPD GND M4 M3 REL4 REL3 M2 M1 REL2 REL1
IG R RF
I12IGNITION SW
F11FUSE BLOCK
D 4DIFF. LOCKCONTROL SW
D 5DIFF. LOCK ECU
RE
AR
FRO
NT/R
EAR
10A G
AU
GE
To Speedom
eter[C
omb. M
eter]<22-5>
F12FRONT DIFF. LOCKCONTROL MOTOR
R10REAR DIFF. LOCKCONTROL MOTOR
J 8JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
4WD
FLP
RLP
COMBINATION METER
C10 A , C13 C
J 1JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
REARDIFF. LOCK
FRONTDIFF. LOCK
To Center D
iff. LockIndicator SW
<20-1
R11
RE
AR
DIFF. LO
CK
POSITIO
N S
W
F13FR
ON
T DIFF. LO
CK
POS
ITION
SW
Power Source Front/Rear Differential Lock
30A D
IFF
B-Y
W
G-R
AC10 GRAY CC13
COMBINATION METER
10987654321 1611109854321 1213146 7 15
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
K O
VE
RA
LL ELE
CT
RIC
AL W
IRIN
G D
IAG
RA
M
1 2 3 4
22 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON ( C o n t . n e x t p a g e )
2
2
2
2
B-L
FL AM1 1. 25B
4
1
3
BATTERY
F 6FUSIBLELINK
50AAM1
1
2
W
4
ACC
IG1
ST1
AM1 2EA2
6B
B
I12IGNITION SW
3
1B-Y
F11FUSE BLOCK
10A G
AU
GE
6 IH1
3 EC1
B
B
AA
A
Ea12
J 4JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 1JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
YY
Y
R- G
Y
1 Ea1
3 Ea1
EC19
EC
1 2
3
Y
BR
Y
BR BR
Air intakechamber
V 1VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR(Combination Meter)
EC16
IH11
Y
Y
R- O
R- OR- G
Y
Y
BO11
BO12
5
1 4
4 BO1
BF
R
Y- R
Y- R
R
R
Y- R
BR
BR
F18FUEL SENDER[FUEL PUMP]
Under the centerconsole box
Power Source Combination Meter
AC10 GRAY BC11 BLUE DC12 BROWN CC13
BO 3 GRAY
AO 2 BLACK
OIL PRESSURE SENDER
COMBINATION METER
R-O
1
1
10987654321 13987654321 10 1112 13987654321 101112 1611109854321 1213146 7 15
A
B
C
D
E
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
K
5 6 7 8
22 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON(Cont’ d)
5 A 9 D 3 C 5 B 8 B 9 B 10 B 2 B 4 A 10 A 9 C
4 C 8 D 12 D 11 C 14 C 3 B 6 A 1 C 11 B 1 B7 A 8 A 1 A 6 B 9 A 10 C
O/D
OFF
2nd STR
T
FUEL
OIL LE
VE
L
OIL
VO
LT
TAC
HO
TUR
N LH TU
RN
RH
A/T O
IL TEM
P.
BR
AK
E
CE
NTE
R D
EFF.
LOC
K AB
S
SE
AT BELT
FRO
NT
DEFF. LO
CK
WA
TER
TEM
P.
(*1 )
CR
UIS
E
RE
AR
DEFF.
LOC
KDELAY
BULBCHECKRELAYFU
EL
Y
Y
1
2 IH1
L-W
B-R
G G-R
From P
ark/Neutral
Position SW
<1-1>
See Turn S
ignal andH
azard Warning Light
System
<7-3><
7-4>
See C
enter Differential
Lock System
<20-2>
See A
BS S
ystem<
10-4>
See Unlock and S
eat Belt
Warning S
ystem<
17-1>
See Illum
ination System
<5-2>
C10 A , C13 C, C11 B , C12 D
COMBINATION METER
ID25
ID218
3 EA4
1 EA4
9 ID2
1 EY1 3 EY1
7 IH2
EC
2
1
O 1
OIL LE
VEL W
AR
NIN
G SW
R- O
R
Y- R
PY-RR
PW
-B
1 B
Air intake chamber
1 A
IERight kick panel
WW
BR
BR
BR
W
BR
BR
O 2
A, O
3B
OIL P
RE
SSU
RE
SE
ND
ER
2
1
1
A
AA
A
ID
R-B
Y-L
B
W-B
W-B
R-W
W-B
BR
W- B
R- B
B 1
BR
AK
E FLUID
LEVE
LW
ARN
ING
SW
R-B
Left kick panel
From E
ngineC
ontrol Module
<2-8
J 7JU
NC
TION
CO
NN
ECTO
R
J 2JU
NC
TION
CO
NN
EC
TOR
BR
(SH
IELD
ED
)(S
HIE
LDE
D)
(SHIE
LDE
D)
See ElectronicallyControlledTransmission andA/T IndicatorSystem<9- 6>
See Engine C
ontrolSystem
<2-3>
See Cruise C
ontrolSystem
<11-3>
See Illumination S
ystem<
5-2>
13 C6 C 16 C 2 A 2 C 8 C 13 D 3 D 4 D 5 D 2 D
5 C 15 C 7 B 3 A 12 B 7 C 6 D 11 D 10 D 7 D 1 D
See Front/R
ear Differential
Lock System
<21-4>
See H
eadlight System<
3-4>
See Interior LightSystem
<6-2>
See C
harging System<
1-3>
See SR
S S
ystem<
4-4>
See Ilum
ination System
<5-2>
See C
enter Differential
Lock System
<20-2>
See Electoronically C
ontrolledTransm
ission and A/T Indicator
System<
9-6>
HIG
H BE
AM
DO
OR
CH
AR
GE
SR
S
METER
ILLUM
INA
TION
A/T P
PW
R
P R N
(*2 )
D2L
See ElectronicallyC
ontrolled Transmission
and A/T Indicator
System<
9-6><
9-7>
See E
lectronicallyC
ontrolledTransm
ission andA
/T IndicatorS
ystem<
9-6>
See Front/Rear
Differential
Lock System
<21-4>
See Headlight
System<
3-4>
See Interior LightSystem
<6-2>
See Charging
System<
1-3>
See S
RS System
<4-4>
See Illumination
System<
5-2>
See Center D
ifferentialLock S
ystem<
20-2>
W-B
Combination Meter
W 3
WA
TER
TEMP
. S
EN
DE
R
SP
EED
OM
ETE
R
R- B
FromAB
S E
CU
<10-4 P
4P
ARK
ING
BR
AK
E SW
*2 A/T Indicator llumination*1 : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
BR
W-B
W- B
W- B
A
A
B
C
D
E
From
Engine
Control
Module
<2-8>
From
Diff. Lock
EC
U <
21-2>from
Cruise
Control
EC
U <
11-3>
N2
NO
ISE
FILT
ER
(OIL
PR
ES
SU
RE
SE
ND
ER
)W
BR
1
2
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
K O
VE
RA
LL ELE
CT
RIC
AL W
IRIN
G D
IAG
RA
M
1 2 3 4
23 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON (Cont. next page)
4
ACC
IG1
ST1
AM1 2
6 EA23 EA3
2
2
1 11
2
2
1 1
4
5
1
3
2
2
1
M
2
1
M
4
1
132
3
2
BB B B
1 1 2
3 2
4
A
A
1
J 2JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
1 B 1 A
8 IG1 9 IG1 3 IG1
4 2 1
ID
3
5
7
6
8
IG110
IE
IG14
IG16
1 IG1 2 IG1
A
A
L- R
Y
Y
L- B
L
L- W
W
L- R
B
W- B
B
G- W
G- B
W- B
6 10 11 5 12 2 91
7
2 3 1A
A
A
ID
1246
7 5 3 8
1 2 3
S 8SHORTCONNECTOR(A/C)
M
WARM
COOL
5 4
M
FRESH
RECIRC
A15AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
A14AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
B 5
BLO
WER
SPEED
CO
NTR
OL
RE
LAY
B 4BLOWER RESISTOR
A10A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER
W- Y
R
L- R
R- L
W- BW- B
Y
B-L
WW
BBW
Y
W-G
L-Y
L-Y
L-RB
-W
L-B
B-L
W-B
R-L
L-R
L-R B
G-B
B-Y
GY-R
Y-G
W-B
B
W-G
B-O
Y-B
G-R
Y-R
Y-G
Y
Y
YYY
L-Y
L-W L Y
W-B
W-B
W
W-B
L- B
L- Y
B 2
BLO
WER
MO
TOR
(A/C)
B 3
BLO
WER
MO
TOR
(Heater )
L- R L- R
L-R
50A A
M1
40A FL HE
ATER
10A G
AUG
E
10A A. C
B- YW
W-B
L-R
HEATERRELAY
L-Y
L- B
J 4JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
I12IGNITION SW
F11FU
SE BLOC
K
FL AM1 1. 25B
FL MA
IN 2. 0L
F 6 A , F 8 B
BATTERY
FUSIBLE LINK
Left kick panel Right kick panel
J 8JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
W-B
1
F 6 A , F 8 B
FUSIBLE LINK
Y
Y
Y
L- R
G-W
G-B
B-Y
G
J 7JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
Left kick panel
AH10 BH11
HEATER CONTROL SW AND A/C SW
PowerSource Air Conditioning
G- B
BLUE
M1HI
M2
W-B
W- B
A
A
Y
J 1JU
NC
TION
CO
NN
EC
TOR
1 32 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
K
5 6 7 8
23 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON(Cont’ d)
L−R
Y
Y
L- B
L- W
L- R
W
L
B
W- B
B
G- W
G-B
W- B
5
6
1 2 3 4 7
M
1 B 3 B 2 B 9 A 1 A 9 B 10 B 13 B 14 A
ECIE
2
1
A
A
1
2 EY1
17 IH2
2 IG210 IG2
12 A 7 A 11 B 4 B 17 B 18 B 8 A 18 A 19 A 16 B
3
4
1
2
74986523
11 IG2 20 IG2 17 IG2
9 IG2
1 IG2
6 EA1
12 EA1
FACEB/L
FOOTF/D
DEF FACEB/L
FOOTF/D
DEF
9 15 12 14 13 2 4 16 11
3 6 7 8 1 5
1
4
GR
-R
Y-R
R-L
LG-R
LG-B
Y-G
W-L
GR
-G
L
L-B
W L-W L B L-R
GR
-R
L-R
LG
W-R
V-GV
G-R
R-LL
Y-G
Y-RY
Y
W-B
LG-R
LG-B
W-B
R-B
R-B
GR
R-G
R-G
R-G W
-L
W-L
W-L
B R-B
B-R
L-Y
Y-L
L-R
Y-R
W-B
L P-L
B-W
G-Y
B-W
B-W
G-Y
W-B
W-B
W-B
B- W
Y- R
Y
Y
V-GV
G-R
W-B
LG
W- R
A16AIR VENT MODECONTROL SERVO MOTOR
A 2
A/C
DU
AL PR
ESS
UR
E SW
LO M1 M2 HI
BLOWER SW
FACE B/L FOOT F/D
TEMPERATURECONTROL LEVER MODE SELECTION SW
W- B
J 8JU
NC
TION
CO
NN
ECTO
R
W 4
WATER
TEM
P. SW
(A/C
)
A 1
A/C
MA
GN
ETIC
CLU
TCH
Air intakechamber
A/C SW RECIRC/FRESH SW
Right kickpanel
S 9
SH
OR
T CO
NN
EC
TOR
(A/C)
Air Conditioning
A 9A/C AMPLIFIER
GR
-G
From P
ark/Neutral
Position SW<
1-1>
A11
A/C
THER
MIS
TOR
E 8
EN
GIN
E C
OO
LAN
TTE
MP
. CU
T RE
LAY
TEMP.
2
1
W- B
To Engine C
ontrolM
odule<2-8>
H10 A , H11 B
HEATER CONTROL SW AND A/C SW
FRC
RE
C
FRC
RE
C
9 EA1
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
6 B
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
DEF
W-L
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark